GMT3.4.4/COPYING0100664000213500001460000004312707224674772012724 0ustar pwesselwessel GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) 19yy This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/blockmean.l0100664000213500001460000000776210000130714015451 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH BLOCKMEAN l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME blockmean \- filter to block average (x,y,z) data by L2 norm .SH SYNOPSIS \fBblockmean\fP [ \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP ] \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fBio\fP] ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBblockmean\fP reads arbitrarily located (x,y,z) triples [or optionally weighted quadruples (x,y,z,w)] from standard input [or \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP] and writes to standard output a mean position and value for every non-empty block in a grid region defined by the \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP arguments. Either \fBblockmean\fP, \fBblockmedian\fP, or \fBblockmode\fP should be used as a pre-processor before running \fBsurface\fP to avoid aliasing short wavelengths. These routines are also generally useful for decimating or averaging (x,y,z) data. You can modify the precision of the output format by editing the D_FORMAT parameter in your .gmtdefaults file, or you may choose binary input and/or output using single or double precision storage. .TP \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP 3 [or 4] column ASCII file(s) [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z[,w]) data values. [w] is an optional weight for the data. If no file is specified, \fBblockmean\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-C Use the center of the block as the output location [Default uses the mean location]. .TP .B \-F Block centers have pixel registration. [Default: grid registration.] (Registrations are defined in GMT Cookbook Appendix B on grid file formats.) Each block is the locus of points nearest the grid value location. For example, with \fB\-R\fP10/15/10/15 and and \fB\-I\fP1: with the \fB\-F\fP option 10 <= (x,y) < 11 is one of 25 blocks; without it 9.5 <= (x,y) < 10.5 is one of 36 blocks. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-S Report the sum of all z-values inside a block [Default reports mean value]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Weighted modifier[s]. Unweighted input and output has 3 columns x,y,z; Weighted i/o has 4 columns x,y,z,w. Weights can be used in input to construct weighted mean values in blocks. Weight sums can be reported in output for later combining several runs, etc. Use \fB\-W\fP for weighted i/o, \fB\-Wi\fP for weighted input only, \fB\-Wo\fP for weighted output only. [Default uses unweighted i/o] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 (or 4 if \fB\-W\fP is set)]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES .sp To find 5 by 5 minute block means from the ASCII data in hawaii.xyg, try .sp blockmean hawaii.xyg \fB\-R\fP198/208/18/25 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm\fP > hawaii_5x5.xyg .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR blockmedian (l), .IR blockmode (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR surface (l), .IR triangulate (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/blockmedian.l0100664000213500001460000001020210000130714015745 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH BLOCKMEDIAN l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME blockmedian \- filter to block average (x,y,z) data by L1 norm. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBblockmedian\fP [ \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP ] \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fBio\fP] ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBblockmedian\fP reads arbitrarily located (x,y,z) triples [or optionally weighted quadruples (x,y,z,w)] from standard input [or \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP] and writes to standard output a median position and value for every non-empty block in a grid region defined by the \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP arguments. Either \fBblockmean\fP, \fBblockmedian\fP, or \fBblockmode\fP should be used as a pre-processor before running \fBsurface\fP to avoid aliasing short wavelengths. These routines are also generally useful for decimating or averaging (x,y,z) data. You can modify the precision of the output format by editing the D_FORMAT parameter in your .gmtdefaults file, or you may choose binary input and/or output using single or double precision storage. .TP \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP 3 [or 4] column ASCII file(s) [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z[,w]) data values. [w] is an optional weight for the data. If no file is specified, \fBblockmedian\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-C Use the center of the block as the output location [Default uses the median location (but see \fB\-Q\fP)]. \fB\-C\fP overrides \fB\-Q\fP. .TP .B \-F Block centers have pixel registration. [Default: grid registration.] (Registrations are defined in GMT Cookbook Appendix B on grid file formats.) Each block is the locus of points nearest the grid value location. For example, with \fB\-R\fP10/15/10/15 and and \fB\-I\fP1: with the \fB\-F\fP option 10 <= (x,y) < 11 is one of 25 blocks; without it 9.5 <= (x,y) < 10.5 is one of 36 blocks. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-Q (Quicker) Finds median z and (x, y) at that z [Default finds median x, median y, median z]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Weighted modifier[s]. Unweighted input and output has 3 columns x,y,z; Weighted i/o has 4 columns x,y,z,w. Weights can be used in input to construct weighted median values in blocks. Weight sums can be reported in output for later combining several runs, etc. Use \fB\-W\fP for weighted i/o, \fB\-Wi\fP for weighted input only, \fB\-Wo\fP for weighted output only. [Default uses unweighted i/o] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 (or 4 if \fB\-W\fP is set) columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To find 5 by 5 minute block medians from the double precision binary data in hawaii_b.xyg and output an ASCII table, try .sp blockmedian hawaii_b.xyg \fB\-R\fP198/208/18/25 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-bi\fP3 > hawaii_5x5.xyg .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR blockmean (l), .IR blockmode (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR surface (l), .IR triangulate (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/blockmode.l0100664000213500001460000001020410000130714015436 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH BLOCKMODE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME blockmode \- filter to block average (x,y,z) data by mode estimation. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBblockmode\fP [ \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP ] \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fBio\fP] ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBblockmode\fP reads arbitrarily located (x,y,z) triples [or optionally weighted quadruples (x,y,z,w)] from standard input [or \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP] and writes to standard output mode estimates of position and value for every non-empty block in a grid region defined by the \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP arguments. Either \fBblockmean\fP, \fBblockmedian\fP, or \fBblockmode\fP should be used as a pre-processor before running \fBsurface\fP to avoid aliasing short wavelengths. These routines are also generally useful for decimating or averaging (x,y,z) data. You can modify the precision of the output format by editing the D_FORMAT parameter in your .gmtdefaults file, or you may choose binary input and/or output using single or double precision storage. .TP \fIxyz[w]file(s)\fP 3 [or 4] column ASCII file(s) [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z[,w]) data values. [w] is an optional weight for the data. If no file is specified, \fBblockmode\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-C Use the center of the block as the output location [Default uses the modal xy location (but see \fB\-Q\fP)]. \fB\-C\fP overrides \fB\-Q\fP. .TP .B \-F Block centers have pixel registration. [Default: grid registration.] (Registrations are defined in GMT Cookbook Appendix B on grid file formats.) Each block is the locus of points nearest the grid value location. For example, with \fB\-R\fP10/15/10/15 and and \fB\-I\fP1: with the \fB\-F\fP option 10 <= (x,y) < 11 is one of 25 blocks; without it 9.5 <= (x,y) < 10.5 is one of 36 blocks. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-Q (Quicker) Finds mode z and mean (x, y) [Default finds mode x, mode y, mode z]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Weighted modifier[s]. Unweighted input and output has 3 columns x,y,z; Weighted i/o has 4 columns x,y,z,w. Weights can be used in input to construct weighted modal values in blocks. Weight sums can be reported in output for later combining several runs, etc. Use \fB\-W\fP for weighted i/o, \fB\-Wi\fP for weighted input only, \fB\-Wo\fP for weighted output only. [Default uses unweighted i/o] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 (or 4 if \fP\-W\fP is set) columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To find 5 by 5 minute block mode estimates from the double precision binary data in hawaii_b.xyg and output an ASCII table, try .sp blockmode hawaii_b.xyg \fB\-R\fP198/208/18/25 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-bi\fP3 > hawaii_5x5.xyg .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR blockmean (l), .IR blockmedian (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR surface (l), .IR triangulate (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/filter1d.l0100664000213500001460000001032210000130714015212 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH FILTER1D l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME filter1d \- Time domain filtering of 1-D time series .SH SYNOPSIS \fBfilter1d\fP [ \fIinfile\fP ] \fB\-F\fP\fI\fP [ \fB\-D\fP\fIincrement\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIignore_val\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIlack_width\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIn_cols/t_col\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP\fIq_factor\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsymmetry_factor\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIstart/stop/int\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBfilter1d\fP is a general time domain filter for multiple column time series data. The user specifies the number of columns of input and which column is the time. (See \fB\-N\fP option below). The fastest operation occurs when the input time series are equally spaced and have no gaps or outliers and the special options are not needed. \fBfilter1d\fP has options L, Q, and S for unevenly sampled data with gaps. .TP \fIinfile\fP Multi-column ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-b\fP) file holding data values to be filtered. .TP .B \-F sets Filtertype, \fItype\fP is one of \fBb\fP(oxcar), \fBc\fP(osine arch), \fBg\fP(aussian), \fBm\fP(edian), or \fBp\fP(maximum likelihood Probability estimator -- a mode estimator), and specify full filter \fIwidth\fP in same units as time column, OR, use \fB\-Ff\fP\fIname\fP to give the name of a one-column file of your own coefficients. Upper case type \fBB, C, G, M, P, F\fP will use robust filter versions: i.e., replace outliers (2.5 L1 scale off median) with median during filtering. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-D \fIincrement\fP is used when series is NOT equidistantly sampled. Then \fIincrement\fP will be the abscissae resolution, i.e., all abscissae will be rounded off to a multiple of \fIincrement\fP. Alternatively, resample data with \fBsample1d\fP. .TP .B \-E Include Ends of time series in output. Default loses half the filter-width of data at each end. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I To ignore values; If an input value equals \fIignore_val\fP it will be set to NaN. .TP .B \-L Checks for Lack of data condition. If input data has a gap exceeding \fIwidth\fP then no output will be given at that point [Default does not check Lack]. .TP .B \-N Sets number of columns in input and which column contains the independent variable (time). The left-most column is # 0, the right-most is # (\fIn_cols\fP - 1). [Default is \fIn_cols\fP = 2, \fIt_col\fP = 0; i.e., file has t, f(t) pairs]. .TP .B \-Q assess Quality of output value by checking mean weight in convolution. Enter \fIq_factor\fP between 0 and 1. If mean weight < \fIq_factor\fP, output is suppressed at this point [Default does not check Quality]. .TP .B \-S Checks symmetry of data about window center. Enter a factor between 0 and 1. If ( (abs(n_left - n_right)) / (n_left + n_right) ) > \fIfactor\fP, then no output will be given at this point [Default does not check Symmetry]. .TP .B \-T Make evenly spaced timesteps from \fIstart\fP to \fIstop\fP by \fIint\fP [Default uses input times]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To filter the data set in the file cruise.gmtd containing evenly spaced gravity, magnetics, topography, and distance (in m) with a 10 km Gaussian filter, removing outliers, and output a filtered value every 2 km between 0 and 100 km, try .br .sp filter1d cruise.gmtd \fB\-T\fP0/1.0e5/2000 \fB\-FG\fP10000 \fB\-N\fP4/3 \fB\-V\fP > filtered_cruise.gmtd .br .sp Data along track often have uneven sampling and gaps which we do not want to interpolate using \fBsample1d\fP. To find the median depth in a 50 km window every 25 km along the track of cruise v3312, stored in v3312.dt, checking for gaps of 10km and asymmetry of 0.3, try .br .sp filter1d v3312.dt \fB\-FM\fP50 \fB\-T\fP0/100000/25 \fB\-L\fP10 \fB\-S\fP0.3 > v3312_filt.dt .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR sample1d (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/fitcircle.l0100664000213500001460000000751110000130714015452 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH FITCIRCLE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME fitcircle \- find mean position and pole of best-fit great [or small] circle to points on a sphere. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBfitcircle\fP [ \fIxyfile\fP ] \fB\-L\fP\fInorm\fP [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBfitcircle\fP reads lon,lat [or lat,lon] values from the first two columns on standard input [or \fIxyfile\fP]. These are converted to cartesian three-vectors on the unit sphere. Then two locations are found: the mean of the input positions, and the pole to the great circle which best fits the input positions. The user may choose one or both of two possible solutions to this problem. The first is called \fB\-L1\fP and the second is called \fB\-L2\fP. When the data are closely grouped along a great circle both solutions are similar. If the data have large dispersion, the pole to the great circle will be less well determined than the mean. Compare both solutions as a qualitative check. .br The \fB\-L1\fP solution is so called because it approximates the minimization of the sum of absolute values of cosines of angular distances. This solution finds the mean position as the Fisher average of the data, and the pole position as the Fisher average of the cross-products between the mean and the data. Averaging cross-products gives weight to points in proportion to their distance from the mean, analogous to the "leverage" of distant points in linear regression in the plane. .br The \fB\-L2\fP solution is so called because it approximates the minimization of the sum of squares of cosines of angular distances. It creates a 3 by 3 matrix of sums of squares of components of the data vectors. The eigenvectors of this matrix give the mean and pole locations. This method may be more subject to roundoff errors when there are thousands of data. The pole is given by the eigenvector corresponding to the smallest eigenvalue; it is the least-well represented factor in the data and is not easily estimated by either method. .br .TP .B \-L Specify the desired \fInorm\fP as 1 or 2, or use \fB\-L\fP or \fB\-L3\fP to see both solutions. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP \fIxyfile\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file containing lon,lat [lat,lon] values in the first 2 columns. If no file is specified, \fBfitcircle\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-S Attempt to fit a small circle instead of a great circle. The pole will be constrained to lie on the great circle connecting the pole of the best-fit great circle and the mean location of the data. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES Suppose you have lon,lat,grav data along a twisty ship track in the file ship.xyg. You want to project this data onto a great circle and resample it in distance, in order to filter it or check its spectrum. Try: .sp \fBfitcircle\fP ship.xyg \fB\-L\fP2 .sp \fBproject\fP ship.xyg \fB\-C\fP\fIox\fP/\fIoy\fP \fB\-T\fP\fIpx\fP/\fIpy\fP \fB\-S\fP \fB\-pz\fP | sample1d \fB\-S\fP\-100 \fB\-I\fP1 > output.pg .sp Here, \fIox\fP/\fIoy\fP is the lon/lat of the mean from \fBfitcircle\fP, and \fIpx\fP/\fIpy\fP is the lon/lat of the pole. The file output.pg has distance, gravity data sampled every 1 km along the great circle which best fits ship.xyg .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR project (l), .IR sample1d (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/GMT.l0100664000213500001460000001311410000130714014131 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GMT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME gmt \- The Generic Mapping Tools data processing and display software package .SH INTRODUCTION \fBGMT\fP is a collection of public-domain Unix tools that allows you to manipulate x,y and x,y,z data sets (filtering, trend fitting, gridding, projecting, etc.) and produce \fIPostScript\fP illustrations ranging from simple x-y plots, via contour maps, to artificially illuminated surfaces and 3-d perspective views in black/white or 24bit color. Linear, log10, and power scaling is supported in additon to 25 common map projections. The processing and display routines within GMT are completely general and will handle any (x,y) or (x,y,z) data as input. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBGMT\fP is also a wrapper script that can start any of the programs: .br .sp \fBGMT\fP module module-options .br .sp where module is the name of a GMT program and the options are those that pertain to that particular program. .SH GMT OVERVIEW The following is a summary of all the programs supplied with GMT and a very short description of their purpose. Detailed information about each program can be found in the separate manual pages. .br .sp blockmean L2 (x,y,z) data filter/decimator .br blockmedian L1 (x,y,z) data filter/decimator .br blockmode Mode (x,y,z) data filter/decimator .br filter1d Filter 1-D data sets (time series) .br fitcircle Finds the best-fitting great circle to a set of points .br gmtconvert Convert between ASCII and binary 1-D tables .br gmtdefaults List the current default settings .br gmtmath Mathematical operations on data tables .br gmtset Set individual default parameters .br gmtselect Extract data subsets based on spatial criteria .br grdfilter Filter 2-D data sets in the space domain .br grd2cpt Make a color palette table from a grdfile .br grd2xyz Conversion from 2-D gridded file to table data .br grdclip Limit the z-range in gridded data .br grdcontour Contouring of 2-D gridded data .br grdcut Cut a sub-region from a grd file .br grdedit Modify header information in a 2-D gridded file .br grdfft Operate on grdfiles in the frequency domain .br grdgradient Compute directional gradient from grdfiles .br grdhisteq Histogram equalization for grdfiles .br grdimage Produce images from 2-D gridded data .br grdinfo Get information about grd files .br grdlandmask Create mask grdfile from shoreline data base .br grdmask Reset nodes outside a clip path to a constant .br grdmath Mathematical operations on grdfiles .br grdpaste Paste together grdfiles along a common edge .br grdproject Project gridded data onto a new coordinate system .br grdreformat Converting between different grdfile formats .br grdsample Resample a 2-D gridded data set onto a new grid .br grdtrend Fits polynomial trends to grdfiles .br grdtrack Sampling of 2-D data set along 1-D track .br grdvector Plot vector fields from grdfiles .br grdview 3-D perspective imaging of 2-D gridded data .br grdvolume Volume calculations from 2-D gridded data .br makecpt Make GMT color palette tables .br mapproject Forward or inverse map projections of table data .br minmax Find extreme values in data tables .br nearneighbor Nearest-neighbor gridding scheme .br project Project data onto lines/great circles .br psbasemap Create a basemap plot .br psclip Use polygon files to define clipping paths .br pscoast Plot coastlines and filled continents on maps .br pscontour Contour xyz-data by triangulation .br pshistogram Plot a histogram .br psimage Plot images (Sun rasterfiles) on maps .br psmask Create overlay to mask out regions on maps .br psrose Plot sector or rose diagrams .br psscale Plot grayscale or colorscale on maps .br pstext Plot textstrings on maps .br pswiggle Draw time-series along track on maps .br psxy Plot symbols, polygons, and lines on maps .br psxyz Plot symbols, polygons, and lines in 3-D .br sample1d Resampling of 1-D table data sets .br spectrum1d Compute various spectral estimates from time-series .br splitxyz Split xyz-files into several segments .br surface A continuous curvature gridding algorithm .br trend1d Fits polynomial or Fourier trends to y = f(x) data .br trend2d Fits polynomial trends to z = f(x,y) data .br triangulate Perform optimal Delaunay triangulation and gridding .br xyz2grd Convert equidistant xyz data to a 2-D grd file .br .SH "SEE ALSO" Look up the individual man pages for details. By default, these pages are in $GMTHOME/man/manl, depending on your installation settings. Information is also available on the GMT home page gmt.soest.hawaii.edu or locally under $GMTHOME/www/gmt/gmt_services.html .SH REFERENCES Wessel, P., and W. H. F. Smith, 2001, The Generic Mapping Tools (GMT) version 3.4 Technical Reference & Cookbook, SOEST/NOAA. .br Wessel, P., and W. H. F. Smith, 1998, New, Improved Version of Generic Mapping Tools Released, EOS Trans., AGU, 79 (47), p. 579. .br Wessel, P., and W. H. F. Smith, 1995, New Version of the Generic Mapping Tools Released, EOS Trans., AGU, 76 (33), p. 329. .br Wessel, P., and W. H. F. Smith, 1995, New Version of the Generic Mapping Tools Released, http: American Geophysical Union. .br Wessel, P., and W. H. F. Smith, 1991, Free Software Helps Map and Display Data, EOS Trans., AGU, 72 (41), p. 441. .br GMT3.4.4/man/manl/gmtconvert.l0100664000213500001460000000354010000130714015674 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GMTCONVERT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME gmtconvert \- Convert between ASCII and binary 1-D tables .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgmtconvert\fP [ \fIinputfiles\fP] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP]\fIn\fP ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgmtconvert\fP reads its standard input [or inputfiles] and writes out the information to standard output. Its main purpose is to convert between binary and ASCII data tables. Input (and hence output) may have multiple subheaders if \fB\-M\fP is selected. .TP \fIdatafile(s)\fP ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-bi\fP) file(s) holding a number of data columns. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file(s). Segments are separated by a special record. For ASCII files the first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. For binary files all fields must be NaN. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To convert the binary file test.b (single precision) with 4 columns to ASCII, try .br .sp gmtconvert test.b \fB\-bis\fP4 > test.dat .br .sp To convert the multiple segment ASCII table test.d to a double precision binary file, try .br .sp gmtconvert test.d \fB\-M \-bo\fP > test.b .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR minmax (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/gmtdefaults.l0100664000213500001460000004134310000130714016026 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GMTDEFAULTS l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME gmtdefaults \- To list current \fBGMT\fP defaults .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgmtdefaults\fP \fB\-D\fP[\fBu|s\fP] | \fB\-L\fP .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgmtdefaults\fP lists the \fBGMT\fP parameter defaults if the option \fB\-D\fP is used. To change some of the settings, use any texteditor to edit the file .gmtdefaults in your home or current directory. If you do not have this file in your home or current directory, run \fBgmtdefaults\fP -D > ~/.gmtdefaults to get the system settings. \fBGMT\fP can provide default values in US or SI units. This choice is determined by the contents of the gmt.conf file in GMT's share directory.' .TP .B \-D Print the system \fBGMT\fP defaults to standard output. Append \fBu\fP for US defaults or \fBs\fP for SI defaults. [\fB\-D\fP alone gives current choice in gmt.conf]. .TP .B \-L Print the user's currently active defaults to standard output.' .SH \fBGMT\fP PARAMETERS The following is a list of the 58 parameters that are user-definable in \fBGMT\fP. The parameter names are always given in UPPER CASE. The parameter values are case-insensitive unless otherwise noted. The system defaults are given in brackets [ ]. Those marked \fB*\fP can be set on the command line as well (the corresponding option is given in parentheses). Note that default distances and lengths below are given in both cm or inch; the chosen default depends on your choice of default unit (see MEASURE_UNIT). You can explicitly specify the unit used for distances and lengths by appending \fBc\fP (cm), \fBi\fP (inch), \fBm\fP (meter), or \fBp\fP {points). When no unit is indicated the value will be assumed to be in the unit set by \fBMEASURE_UNIT\fP. Note that the printer resolution DOTS_PR_INCH is always the number of dots or pixels per inch. Several parameters take only TRUE or FALSE. .TP .B ANOT_MIN_ANGLE If the angle between the map boundary and the annotation baseline is less than this minimum value (in degrees), the annotation is not plotted (this may occur for certain oblique projections.) Give a value in the range 0\-90. [20] .TP .B ANOT_MIN_SPACING If an annotation would be plotted less than this minimum distance from its closest neighbor, the annotation is not plotted (this may occur for certain oblique projections.) [0] .TP .B ANOT_FONT Font used for tick mark annotations etc [Helvetica]. Specify either the font number or the font name (case sensitive!). The 39 available fonts are: .br 0 Helvetica .br 1 Helvetica-Bold .br 2 Helvetica-Oblique .br 3 Helvetica-BoldOblique .br 4 Times-Roman .br 5 Times-Bold .br 6 Times-Italic .br 7 Times-BoldItalic .br 8 Courier .br 9 Courier-Bold .br 10 Courier-Oblique .br 11 Courier-BoldOblique .br 12 Symbol .br 13 AvantGarde-Book .br 14 AvantGarde-BookOblique .br 15 AvantGarde-Demi .br 16 AvantGarde-DemiOblique .br 17 Bookman-Demi .br 18 Bookman-DemiItalic .br 19 Bookman-Light .br 20 Bookman-LightItalic .br 21 Helvetica-Narrow .br 22 Helvetica-Narrow-Bold .br 23 Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique .br 24 Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique .br 25 NewCenturySchlbk-Roman .br 26 NewCenturySchlbk-Italic .br 27 NewCenturySchlbk-Bold .br 28 NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic .br 29 Palatino-Roman .br 30 Palatino-Italic .br 31 Palatino-Bold .br 32 Palatino-BoldItalic .br 33 ZapfChancery-MediumItalic .br 34 ZapfDingbats .br 35 Ryumin-Light-EUC-H .br 36 Ryumin-Light-EUC-V .br 37 GothicBBB-Medium-EUC-H .br 38 GothicBBB-Medium-EUC-V .TP .B ANOT_FONT_SIZE Font size (> 0) in points for map annotations. [14] .TP .B ANOT_OFFSET Distance from end of tickmark to start of annotation [0.2\fBc\fP (or 0.075\fBi\fP)]. A negative offset will place the anotation inside the map border. .TP .B BASEMAP_AXES Sets which axes to draw and annotate. Case sensitive: Upper case means both draw and annotate, lower case means draw axis only. [WESN]. .TP .B BASEMAP_FRAME_RGB Color used to draw map boundaries and annotations. Give a red/green/blue triplet, with each element in the 0\-255 range. [0/0/0] (black). .TP .B BASEMAP_TYPE Choose between plain and fancy (thick boundary, alternating black/white frame) [fancy]. For some map projections (e.g., Oblique Mercator), plain is the only option even if fancy is set as default. In general, fancy only applies to situations where the projected x and y directions parallel the lon and lat directions (e.g., rectangular projections, polar projections). .TP .B COLOR_BACKGROUND Color used for the background of images (i.e., when z < lowest colortable entry). Give a red/green/blue triplet, with each element in the 0\-255 range. [0/0/0] (black) .TP .B COLOR_FOREGROUND Color used for the foreground of images (i.e., when z > highest colortable entry). Give a red/green/blue triplet, with each element in the 0\-255 range. [255/255/255] (white) .TP .B COLOR_IMAGE Selects which operator to use when rendering bit-mapped color images. Due to the lack of the colorimage operator in some PostScript implementations, \fBGMT\fP offers 2 different options: .br .sp adobe (Adobe's colorimage definition) [Default].' .br tiles (Plot image as many individual rectangles). .br .TP .B COLOR_MODEL Selects if color palette files contain rgb values (r,g,b in 0-255 range) or HSV values (h = 0-360, s,v in 0-1 range) [rgb]. .TP .B COLOR_NAN Color used for the non-defined areas of images (i.e., where z == NaN). Give a red/green/blue triplet, with each element in the 0\-255 range. [128/128/128] (gray) .TP .B D_FORMAT Output format (C language syntax) to be used when printing double precision floating point numbers If it is NOT a 'g'-type format (as the default is), the format is used directly in anotations. [%lg]. .TP .B DEGREE_FORMAT Output format to be used when annotating map boundaries. Choose between 12 formats: .br .sp 0 Longitudes go from 0 to 360, latitudes from -90 to 90 [Default]. .br 1 Longitudes go from -180 to 180, latitudes from -90 to 90. .br 2 Longitudes are unsigned 0 to 180, latitudes unsigned 0 to 90. .br 3 Same as 2, but with letters W, E, S, or N appended as appropriate. .br 4 Same as 0, with decimal degrees instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br 5 Same as 1, with decimal degrees instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br 6 Same as 4, but with letters W, E, S, or N appended as appropriate. .br 7 Same as 5, but with letters W, E, S, or N appended as appropriate. .br 8 Same as 0, with degrees and decimal minutes instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br 9 Same as 1, with degrees and decimal minutes instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br 10 Same as 2, with degrees and decimal minutes instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br 11 Same as 3, with degrees and decimal minutes instead of degrees, minutes, and seconds. .br .sp Add 100 to these values to use the large degree symbol character (octal \217) [Default is the small degree symbol (octal \312)]. .TP .B DOTS_PR_INCH Resolution of the plotting device (dpi). Note that in order to be as compact as possible, \fBGMT\fP PostScript output uses integer formats only so the resolution should be set depending on what output device you are using. E.g, using 300 and sending the output to a Linotype 300 phototypesetter (2470 dpi) will not take advantage of the extra resolution (i.e., positioning on the page and line thicknesses are still only done in steps of 1/300 inch; of course, text will look smoother) [300]. .TP .B ELLIPSOID The (case sensitive) name of the ellipsoid used for the map projections [WGS-84]. Choose among .br .sp WGS-84 1984 World Geodetic System .br GRS-80 1980 International Geodetic Reference System .br WGS-72 1972 World Geodetic System .br WGS-66 1966 World Geodetic System .br Australian 1965 Used down under .br Krassovsky 1940 Used in the Soviet Union .br International 1924 Worldwide use .br Hayford-1909 1909 Same as the International 1924 .br Clarke-1880 1880 Most of Africa, France .br Clarke-1866 1866 North America, the Phillipines .br Airy 1830 Great Britain .br Bessel 1841 Central Europe, Chile, Indonesia .br Everest 1830 India, Burma, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Thailand, etc. .br Sphere 1980 The mean radius in GRS-80 (for spherical/plate tectonics applications) .br .sp Note that for some global projections, \fBGMT\fP may default to GRS-80 Sphere regardless of ellipsoid actually chosen. A warning will be given when this happens. If a different ellipsoid name than those mentioned here is given, \fBGMT\fP will attempt to open this name as a file and read the ellipsoid name, year, major-axis (in m), minor-axis (in m), and flattening from the first record, where the fields must be separated by white-space (not commas). This way a custom ellipsoid (e.g., those used for other planets) may be used. .TP .B FRAME_PEN Thickness of pen used to draw plain map frame in dpi units or points (append p) [5]. .TP .B FRAME_WIDTH Width (> 0) of map borders for fancy map frame [0.2\fBc\fP (or 0.075\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B GLOBAL_X_SCALE Global x-scale (> 0) to apply to plot-coordinates before plotting. Normally used to shrink the entire output down to fit a specific height/width [1.0]. .TP .B GLOBAL_Y_SCALE Same, but for y-coordinates [1.0]. .TP .B GRID_CROSS_SIZE Size (>= 0) of grid cross at lon-lat intersections. 0 means draw continuous gridlines instead [0]. .TP .B GRID_PEN Pen thickness used to draw grid lines in dpi units or points (append p) [1]. .TP .B GRIDFILE_SHORTHAND If TRUE, all gridfile names are examined to see if they use the file extension shorthand discussed in Section 4.17 of the GMT Technical Reference and Cookbook. If FALSE, no filename expansion is done [FALSE]. .TP .B HEADER_FONT Font to use when plotting headers. See ANOT_FONT for available fonts [Helvetica]. .TP .B HEADER_FONT_SIZE Font size (> 0) for header in points [36]. .TP .B HSV_MIN_SATURATION Minimum saturation (0\-1) assigned for most negative intensity value [1.0]. .TP .B HSV_MAX_SATURATION Maximum saturation (0\-1) assigned for most positive intensity value [0.1]. .TP .B HSV_MIN_VALUE Minimum value (0\-1) assigned for most negative intensity value [0.3]. .TP .B HSV_MAX_VALUE Maximum value (0\-1) assigned for most positive intensity value [1.0]. .TP .B INTERPOLANT Determines if linear (linear), Akima's spline (akima), or natural cubic spline (cubic) should' be used for 1-D interpolations in various programs [akima]. .TP .B IO_HEADER * (\-H) Specifies whether input/output ASCII files have header record(s) or not [FALSE]. .TP .B N_HEADER_RECS Specifies how many header records to expect if \fB\-H\fP is turned on [1]. .TP .B LABEL_FONT Font to use when plotting labels below axes. See ANOT_FONT for available fonts [Helvetica]. .TP .B LABEL_FONT_SIZE Font size (> 0) for labels in points [24]. .TP .B LINE_STEP Determines the maximum length (> 0) of individual straight line-segments when drawing arcuate lines [0.025\fBc\fP (or 0.01\fBi\fP)] .TP .B MAP_SCALE_FACTOR Sets the central scale factor (> 0) used for the Polar Stereographic and Transverse Mercator projections. Typically, it is set to 0.9996 to minimize areal distortion [0.9996]. .TP .B MAP_SCALE_HEIGHT Sets the height (> 0) on the map of the map scalebars drawn by various programs [0.2\fBc\fP (or 0.075\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B MEASURE_UNIT Sets the unit length. Choose between cm, inch, m, and point. [cm]. Note that, in GMT, one point is defined as 1/72 inch (the \fIPostScript\fP definition), while it is often defined as 1/72.27 inch in the typesetting industry. There is no universal definition. .TP .B N_COPIES * (\-c) Number of plot copies to make [1]. .TP .B OBLIQUE_ANOTATION This integer is a sum of 5 bit flags (most of which only are relevant for oblique projections): If bit 1 is set (1), annotations will occur wherever a gridline crosses the map boundaries, else longitudes will be annotated on the lower and upper boundaries only, and latitudes will be annotated on the left and right boundaries only. If bit 2 is set (2), then longitude anotations will be plotted horizontally. If bit 3 is set (4), then latitude anotations will be plotted horizontally. If bit 4 is set (8), then oblique tickmarks are extended to give a projection equal to the specified tick_length. If bit 5 is set (16), tickmarks will be drawn normal to the border regardless of gridline angle. To set a combination of these, add up the values in parentheses. [1]. .TP .B PAGE_COLOR Sets the color of the imaging background, i.e., the paper. Give a red/green/blue triplet, with each element in the 0\-255 range. [255/255/255] (white) .TP .B PAGE_ORIENTATION * (\-P) Sets the orientation of the page. Choose portrait or landscape [landscape]. .TP .B PAPER_MEDIA Sets the physical format of the current plot paper [A4]. The following formats (and their widths and heights in points) are recognized (Additional site-specific formats may be specified in the gmtmedia.d file in $GMTHOME/share; see that file for details): .br .sp Media width height .br A0 2380 3368 .br A1 1684 2380 .br A2 1190 1684 .br A3 842 1190 .br A4 595 842 .br A5 421 595 .br A6 297 421 .br A7 210 297 .br A8 148 210 .br A9 105 148 .br A10 74 105 .br B0 2836 4008 .br B1 2004 2836 .br B2 1418 2004 .br B3 1002 1418 .br B4 709 1002 .br B5 501 709 .br archA 648 864 .br archB 864 1296 .br archC 1296 1728 .br archD 1728 2592 .br archE 2592 3456 .br flsa 612 936 .br halfletter 396 612 .br note 540 720 .br letter 612 792 .br legal 612 1008 .br 11x17 792 1224 .br ledger 1224 792 .br .sp To force the printer to request a manual paper feed, append '-' to the media name, e.g., A3- will require the user to insert a A3 paper into the printer's' manual feed slot. To indicate you are making an EPS file, append '+' to the media name. Then, GMT will attempt to issue a tight bounding box [Default is the paper dimension]. .TP .B PSIMAGE_FORMAT Determines whether images created in PostScript should use hexadecimal (i.e., ascii) or binary format. The latter takes up only half as much space and executes faster but may choke some printers, especially those off serial ports. Select hex or bin [hex]. .TP .B TICK_LENGTH The length of a tickmark. Normally, tickmarks are drawn on the outside of the map boundaries. To select interior tickmarks, use a negative tick_length [0.2\fBc\fP (or 0.075\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B TICK_PEN The pen thickness to be used for tickmarks in dpi units or points (append p) [2]. .TP .B UNIX_TIME * (\-U) Specifies if a UNIX system time stamp should be plotted at the lower left corner of the plot [FALSE]. .TP .B UNIX_TIME_POS * (\-U) Sets the position of the UNIX time stamp relative to the current plots lower left corner [-2\fBc\fP/-2\fBc\fP (or -0.75\fBi\fP/-0.75\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B VECTOR_SHAPE Determines the shape of the head of a vector. Normally (i.e., for vector_shape = 0), the head will be triangular, but can be changed to an arrow (1). Intermediate settings gives something in between [0]. .TP .B VERBOSE * (\-V) Determines if \fBGMT\fP programs should display run-time information or run silently [FALSE]. .TP .B WANT_EURO_FONT Determines if \fBGMT\fP \fIPostScript\fP output should include font re-encoding for accented European characters. See Cookbook section 4.16 and Appendix H for details [TRUE]. .TP .B X_AXIS_LENGTH Sets the default length (> 0) of the x-axis [25\fBc\fP (or 9\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B Y_AXIS_LENGTH Sets the default length (> 0) of the y-axis [15\fBc\fP (or 6\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B X_ORIGIN * (\-X) Sets the x-coordinate of the origin on the paper for a new plot [2.5\fBc\fP (or 1\fBi\fP)]. For an overlay, the default offset is 0. .TP .B Y_ORIGIN * (\-Y) Sets the y-coordinate of the origin on the paper for a new plot [2.5\fBc\fP (or 1\fBi\fP)]. For an overlay, the default offset is 0. .TP .B XY_TOGGLE * (\-:) Set if the first two columns of input files contain (latitude,longitude) or (y,x) rather than the expected (longitude,latitude) or (x,y) [FALSE]. .TP .B Y_AXIS_TYPE Determines if the annotations for a y-axis (for linear projections) should be plotted horizontally (hor_text) or vertically (ver_text) [hor_text]. .SH EXAMPLES To get a copy of the \fBGMT\fP parameter defaults in your home directory, run .br .sp gmtdefaults \fB\-D\fP > ~/.gmtdefaults .br .sp You may now change the settings by editing this file using a text editor of your choice, or use \fBgmtset\fP to change specified parameters on the command line. .SH BUGS If you have typographical errors in your .gmtdefaults file(s), a warning message will be issued, and the \fBGMT\fP defaults for the affected parameters will be used. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtset (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/gmtmath.l0100664000213500001460000002277610000130714015161 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GMTMATH l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME gmtmath \- Reverse Polish Notation calculator for data tables .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgmtmath\fP [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcols\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP\fInrec\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIn_col\fP/\fIt_col\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP ][ \fB\-T\fP\fIt_min/t_max/t_inc\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] \fIoperand\fP [ \fIoperand\fP ] \fBOPERATOR\fP [ \fIoperand\fP ] \fBOPERATOR\fP ... \fB=\fP [ \fIoutfile\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgmtmath\fP will perform operations like add, subtract, multiply, and divide on one or more table data files or constants using Reverse Polish Notation (RPN) syntax (e.g., Hewlett-Packard calculator-style). Arbitrarily complicated expressions may therefore be evaluated; the final result is written to an output file [or standard output]. When two data tables are on the stack, each element in file A is modified by the corresponding element in file B. However, some operators only require one operand (see below). If no data tables are used in the expression then options \fB\-T, \-N\fP must be set (and optionally \fB\-b\fP). By default, all columns except the "time" column are operated on, but this can be changed (see \fB\-C\fP). .TP \fIoperand\fP If \fIoperand\fP can be opened as a file it will be read as an ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-bi\fP) table data file. If not a file, it is interpreted as a numerical constant or a special symbol (see below). .TP \fIoutfile\fP is a table data file that will hold the final result. If not given then the output is sent to stdout. .TP .B OPERATORS Choose among the following operators: .br Operator n_args Returns .br .sp \fBABS\fP 1 abs (A). .br \fBACOS\fP 1 acos (A). .br \fBACOSH\fP 1 acosh (A). .br \fBADD(+)\fP 2 A + B. .br \fBAND\fP 2 NaN if A and B == NaN, B if A == NaN, else A. .br \fBASIN\fP 1 asin (A). .br \fBASINH\fP 1 asinh (A). .br \fBATAN\fP 1 atan (A). .br \fBATAN2\fP 2 atan2 (A, B). .br \fBATANH\fP 1 atanh (A). .br \fBBEI\fP 1 bei (A). .br \fBBER\fP 1 ber (A). .br \fBCEIL\fP 1 ceil (A) (smallest integer >= A). .br \fBCHIDIST\fP 2 Chi-squared-distribution P(chi2,nu), with chi2 = A and nu = B. .br \fBCOS\fP 1 cos (A) (A in radians). .br \fBCOSD\fP 1 cos (A) (A in degrees). .br \fBCOSH\fP 1 cosh (A). .br \fBD2DT2\fP 1 d^2(A)/dt^2 2nd derivative. .br \fBD2R\fP 1 Converts Degrees to Radians. .br \fBDILOG\fP 1 Dilog (A). .br \fBDIV(/)\fP 2 A / B. .br \fBDDT\fP 1 d(A)/dt 1st derivative. .br \fBDUP\fP 1 Places duplicate of A on the stack. .br \fBERF\fP 1 Error function of A. .br \fBERFC\fP 1 Complementory Error function of A. .br \fBERFINV\fP 1 Inverse error function of A. .br \fBEQ\fP 2 1 if A == B, else 0. .br \fBEXCH\fP 2 Exchanges A and B on the stack. .br \fBEXP\fP 1 exp (A). .br \fBFDIST\fP 4 F-dist Q(var1,var2,nu1,nu2), with var1 = A, var2 = B, nu1 = C, and nu2 = D. .br \fBFLOOR\fP 1 floor (A) (greatest integer <= A). .br \fBFMOD\fP 2 A % B (remainder). .br \fBGE\fP 2 1 if A >= B, else 0. .br \fBGT\fP 2 1 if A > B, else 0. .br \fBHYPOT\fP 2 hypot (A, B). .br \fBI0\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 0). .br \fBI1\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 1). .br \fBIN\fP 2 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order B). .br \fBINT\fP 1 Numerically integrate A. .br \fBINV\fP 1 1 / A. .br \fBISNAN\fP 1 1 if A == NaN, else 0. .br \fBJ0\fP 1 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 0). .br \fBJ1\fP 1 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 1). .br \fBJN\fP 2 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order B). .br \fBK0\fP 1 Modified Kelvin function of A (2nd kind, order 0). .br \fBK1\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (2nd kind, order 1). .br \fBKN\fP 2 Modified Bessel function of A (2nd kind, order B). .br \fBKEI\fP 1 kei (A). .br \fBKER\fP 1 ker (A). .br \fBLE\fP 2 1 if A <= B, else 0. .br \fBLMSSCL\fP 1 LMS scale estimate (LMS STD) of A. .br \fBLOG\fP 1 log (A) (natural log). .br \fBLOG10\fP 1 log10 (A). .br \fBLOG1P\fP 1 log (1+A) (accurate for small A). .br \fBLOWER\fP 1 The lowest (minimum) value of A. .br \fBLT\fP 2 1 if A < B, else 0. .br \fBMAD\fP 1 Median Absolute Deviation (L1 STD) of A. .br \fBMAX\fP 2 Maximum of A and B. .br \fBMEAN\fP 1 Mean value of A. .br \fBMED\fP 1 Median value of A. .br \fBMIN\fP 2 Minimum of A and B. .br \fBMODE\fP 1 Mode value (LMS) of A. .br \fBMUL(x)\fP 2 A * B. .br \fBNAN\fP 2 NaN if A == B, else A. .br \fBNEG\fP 1 -A. .br \fBNRAND\fP 2 Normal, random values with mean A and std. deviation B. .br \fBOR\fP 2 NaN if A or B == NaN, else A. .br \fBPLM\fP 3 Associated Legendre polynomial P(-1']. .TP .B \-N Pass all records whose location is inside specified geographical features. Specify if records should be \fBs\fPkipped or \fBk\fPkept using 1 of 2 formats: .br \fB\-N\fP\fIwet/dry\fP. .br \fB\-N\fP\fIocean/land/lake/island/pond\fP. .br Append \fBo\fP to let points exactly on feature boundaries be considered outside the feature [Default is inside]. [Default is s/k/s/k/s (i.e., s/k), which passes all points on dry land]. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. If no map projection is supplied we implicitly set \fB\-Jx\fP1. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To extract the subset of data set that is within 300 km of any of the points in pts.d but more than 100 km away from the lines in lines.d, try .br .sp gmtselect lonlatfile \fB\-Jd\fP1d \fB\-C\fP300/pts.d \fB\-L\fP100/lines.d \fB\-Il\fP > subset .br .sp Here, you must specify a mapprojection so that knows you are giving it geographical data (otherwise 300 would be interpreted as Cartesian distance in x-y units instead of km). To keep all points in data.d except those on land, as determined by the high-resolution coastlines, try .br .sp gmtselect data.d \fB\-R\fP120/121/22/24 \fB\-Dh\fP \fB\-Ns\fP/\fBk\fP > subset .br .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR grdlandmask (l), .IR pscoast (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/gmtset.l0100664000213500001460000000241110000130714015003 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GMTSET l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME gmtset \- To change individual \fBGMT\fP default parameters .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgmtset\fP [ \fB\-GfP\fIdefaultsfile\fP ] PARAMETER1 [=] \fIvalue1\fP PARAMETER2 [=] \fIvalue2\fP PARAMETER3 [=] \fIvalue3\fP ... .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgmtset\fP will adjust individual GMT defaults settings in the current directory's .gmtdefaults' file. If no such file exists one will be created. The main purpose of \fBgmtset\fP is to temporarily change certain parameters inside a shellscript, e.g., set the dots-per-inch to 600, run the script, and reset to 300 dpi. .TP PARAMETER \fIvalue\fP Provide one or several pairs of parameter/value combinations that you want to modify. For a complete listing of available parameters and their meaning, see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-G Name of specific .gmtdefaults file to modify [Default looks first in current directory, then in your home directory, and finally in the system defaults]. .SH EXAMPLES To change the dpi to 600, set anotation font to Helvetica, and select grid-crosses of size 0.1 inch, and set anotation offset to 0.2 cm, try .br .sp gmtset DOTS_PR_INCH 600 ANOT_FONT Helvetica GRID_CROSS_SIZE 0.1\fBi\fP ANOT_OFFSET 0.2\fBc\fP .br .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grd2cpt.l0100664000213500001460000000504110000130714015047 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRD2CPT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grd2cpt \- Read a grdfile and make a color palette file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrd2cpt\fP \fIgrdfile\fP [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcptmaster\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIminlimit/maxlimit\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIzstart/zstop/zinc\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrd2cpt\fP reads a grdfile and writes a color palette (cpt) file to standard output. The cpt file is based on an existing master cptfile of your choice, and the mapping from data value to colors is through the data's cumulative distribution function (CDF), so that the colors are' histogram equalized. Thus if the resulting cpt file is used with the grdfile and grdimage with a linear projection, the colors will be uniformly distributed in area on the plot. Let z be the data values in the grdfile. Define CDF(Z) = (# of z < Z) / (# of z in grdfile). (NaNs are ignored). These z-values are then normalized to the master cptfile and colors are sampled at the desired intervals. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP The 2-D binary grdfile used to derive the color palette table. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-C Selects the master color table to use in the interpolation. Choose among the built-in tables (type \fBgrd2cpt\fP to see the list) or give the name of an existing cptfile [Default gives a rainbow cpt file]. .TP .B \-I Reverses the sense of color progression in the master cptfile. .TP .B \-L Limit range of cptfile to \fIminlimit/maxlimit\fP, and don't count data' outside range when estimating CDF(Z). [Default uses min and max of data.] .TP .B \-S Set steps in cpt file. Calculate entries in cptfile from \fIzstart\fP to \fIzstop\fP in steps of (\fIzinc\fP). [Default chooses arbitrary values by a crazy scheme.] .TP .B \-V Verbose operation. This will write CDF(Z) estimates to stderr. [Default is silent.] .TP .B \-Z Will create a continuous color palette. [Default is discontinuous, i.e., constant color intervals] .SH EXAMPLES Sometimes you don't want to make a cpt file (yet) but would find it helpful' to know that 90% of your data lie between z1 and z2, something you cannot learn from \fBgrdinfo\fP. So you can do this to see some points on the CDF(Z) curve (use \fB\-V\fP option to see more): .br .sp grd2cpt mydata.grd \fB\-V\fP > /dev/null .br .sp To make a cpt file with entries from 0 to 200 in steps of 20, and ignore data below zero in computing CDF(Z), and use the built-in master cptfile relief, try .br .sp grd2cpt mydata.grd \fB\-C\fP\fIrelief\fP \fB-L\fP0/10000 \fB-S\fP0/200/20 > mydata.cpt .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR grdhisteq (l), .IR grdinfo (l), .IR makecpt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grd2xyz.l0100664000213500001460000000676010000130714015124 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRD2XYZ l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grd2xyz \- Converting a grdfile to an ASCII or binary table .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrd2xyz\fP \fIgrdfile\fP [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fBr\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP[\fIflags\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrd2xyz\fP reads a binary 2-D grdfile and writes out xyz-triplets in ASCII [or binary] format to standard output. Modify the precision of the ASCII output format by editing the D_FORMAT parameter in your .gmtdefaults file, or choose binary output using single or double precision storage. As an option you may output z-values without the (x,y) in a number of formats, see \fB\-Z\fP below. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP The 2-D binary file to be converted. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-H Output 1 header record based on information in the grdfile header. Ignored if binary output is selected. [Default is no header]. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x values are longitudes (necessary for \fB\-:\fP to work). .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-S Suppress output for nodes whose z-value equals NaN [Default outputs all nodes]. Append \fBr\fP to reverse the suppression, i.e., only output the nodes whose z-value equals NaN. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Write a 1-column ASCII [or binary] table. Output will be organized according to the specified ordering convention contained in \fIflags\fP. If data should be written by rows, make \fIflags\fP start with \fBT\fP(op) if first row is y = ymax or \fBB\fP(ottom) if first row is y = ymin. Then, append \fBL\fP or \fBR\fP to indicate that first element should start at left or right end of row. Likewise for column formats: start with \fBL\fP or \fBR\fP to position first column, and then append \fBT\fP or \fBB\fP to position first element in a row. For gridline registered grids: If grid is periodic in x but the outcoming data should not contain the (redundant) column at x = xmax, append \fBx\fP. For grid periodic in y, skip writing the redundant row at y = ymax by appending \fBy\fP. If the byte-order needs to be swapped, append \fBw\fP. Select one of several data types (all binary except \fBa\fP): .br .sp \fBa\fP ASCII representation .br \fBc\fP signed 1-byte character .br \fBu\fP unsigned 1-byte character .br \fBh\fP short 2-byte integer .br \fBi\fP 4-byte integer .br \fBl\fP long (4- or 8-byte) integer .br \fBf\fP 4-byte floating point single precision .br \fBd\fP 8-byte floating point double precision .br .sp Default format is scanline orientation of ASCII numbers: \fB\-ZTLa\fP. Note that \fB\-Z\fP only applies to 1-column output. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. This option only applies to xyz output; see \fB\-Z\fP for z table output. .SH EXAMPLES To edit individual values in the 5' by 5' hawaii_grv.grd file, try .br .sp grd2xyz hawaii_grv.grd > hawaii_grv.xyz .br .sp To write a single precision binary file without the x,y positions from the file raw_data.grd file, using scanline orientation, try .br .sp grd2xyz raw_data.grd \fB\-ZTLf\fP > hawaii_grv.b .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR grdedit (l), .IR xyz2grd (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdclip.l0100664000213500001460000000236110000130714015130 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDCLIP l "1 Aug 1993" .SH NAME grdclip \- Clipping of range in grdfiles. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdclip\fP \fIinput_file.grd\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutput_file.grd\fP [ \fB\-Sa\fP\fIhigh/above\fP ] [ \fB\-Sb\fP\fIlow/below\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdclip\fP will set values < \fIlow\fP to \fIbelow\fP and/or values > \fIhigh\fP to \fIabove\fP. Useful when you want all of a continent or an ocean to fall into one color or grayshade in image processing, or clipping of the range of data values is required. \fIabove/below\fP can be any number or NaN (Not a Number). You must choose at least one of \fB\-Sa\fP or \fB\-Sb\fP. .TP \fIinput_file.grd\fP The input 2-D binary grdfile. .TP .B \-G \fIoutput_file.grd\fP is the modified output grdfile. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-Sa Set all data[i] > \fIhigh\fP to \fIabove\fP. .TP .B \-Sb Set all data[i] < \fIlow\fP to \fIbelow\fP. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To set all values > 70 to NaN and all values < 0 to 0 in file data.grd, try: .sp grdclip data.grd \fB\-G\fPnew_data.grd \fB\-Sa\fP70/NaN \fB\-Sb\fP0/0 \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdlandmask (l), .IR grdmask (l), .IR grdmath (l), .IR grd2xyz (l), .IR xyz2grd (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdcontour.l0100664000213500001460000002734610000130714015704 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDCONTOUR l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdcontour \- contouring of 2-D gridded data sets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdcontour\fP \fIgrdfile\fP \fB\-C\fP\fIcont_int\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP [ \fB\-A\fP[\fB-\fP][\fIanot_int\fP][\fBf\fP\fIfont_size\fP][\fBa\fP\fIangle\fP][\fI/r/g/b\fP][\fBo|t\fP]] ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIdumpfile\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIgap/width\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIlow/high\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP[[-]\fIunit\fP] ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP\fIcut\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsmoothfactor\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP[\fB+|-\fP][\fIgap/length\fP][\fB:\fP\fILH\fP] ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V \fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fB+\fP][\fItype\fP]\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP[\fIfactor\fP[/\fIshift\fP]][\fBp\fP] ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP[\fIn\fP]] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdcontour\fP reads a 2-D gridded file and produces a contour map by tracing each contour through the grid. As an option, the x/y/z positions of the contour lines may be dumped to a single multisegment file or many separate files. \fIPostScript\fP code is generated and sent to standard output. Various options that affect the plotting are available. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP 2-D gridded data set to be contoured .TP .B \-C The contours to be drawn may be specified in one of three possible ways: .br If \fIcont_int\fP has the suffix ".cpt" and can be opened as a file, it is assumed to be a color palette table. The color boundaries are then used as contour levels. If the cpt-file has anotation flags in the last column then those contours will be anotated. By default all contours are labeled; use \fB\-A\-\fP to disable all anotations. .br If \fIcont_int\fP is a file but not a cpt-file, it is expected to contain contour levels in column 1 and a C(ontour) OR A(nnotate) in col 2. The levels marked C (or c) are contoured, the levels marked A (or a) are contoured and annotated. Optionally, a third column may be present and contain the fixed anotation angle for this contour level. .br If no file is found, then \fIcont_int\fP is interpreted as a constant contour interval. If \fB\-A\fP is set and \fB\-C\fP is not, then the contour interval is set equal to the specified anotation interval. .br If a file is given and \fB\-T\fP is set, then only contours marked with upper case C or A will have tickmarks. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A \fIanot_int\fP is annotation interval in data units. Ignored if contour levels are given in a file. [Default is no annotations]. Several options can be set to modify the form of the annotation. Give - to disable all anotations. Append f\fIfont_size\fP to change font size [9], append \fI/r/g/b\fP to change color of text fill box [PAGE_COLOR], append a\fIangle\fP to fix annotation angle [Default follows contour], append \fBo\fP to draw the outline of the surrounding text box [Default is no outline], or append \fBt\fP to use a transparent label box [Default is opaque]. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-D Dump the (x,y,z) coordinates of each contour to separate files, one for each contour segment. The files will be named \fIdumpfile_cont_segment[_i]\fP.xyz (or \fI.b\fP is \fB\-b\fP is selected), where \fIcont\fP is the contour value and \fIsegment\fP is a running segment number for each contour interval (for closed contours we append _i.) If the prefix is given as '-' the file names are instead \fIC#_i\fP (interior) or \fIC#_e\fP (external) plus extension, and # is just a running number. This allows us to make short file names that will work with GNU utilities under DOS. However, when \fB\-M\fP is used in conjunction with \fB\-D\fP a single multisegment file is created instead. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation for perspective view [180/90]' .TP .B \-G \fIgap\fP is distance between each annotation along the same contour. \fIwidth\fP is number of points over which to estimate the best fitting slope for contour labels [Default is 10\fBc\fP/10 or 4\fBi\fP/10]. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Limit range: Do not draw contours for data values below \fIlow\fP or above \fIhigh\fP. .TP .B \-M When used in conjunction with \fB\-D\fP a single multisegment file is created, and each contour section is preceeded by a header record whose first column is \fIflag\fP followed by the contour level. .TP .B \-N Appends \fIunit\fP to all contour labels (assuming \fB\-A\fP is set). If no name is specified, the unit given in the \fIgrdfile\fP will be used. If \fIunit\fP starts with a leading - then there will be no space between contour value and the unit. [Default is no unit]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-Q Do not draw contours with less than \fIcut\fP number of points [Draw all contours]. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. [Default is region defined in the grd file]. .TP .B \-S Used to resample the contour lines at roughly every (gridbox_size/\fIsmoothfactor\fP) interval. .TP .B \-T Will draw tickmarks pointing in the downward direction every \fIgap\fP along the innermost closed contours. Append \fIgap\fP and tickmark length or use defaults [0.5\fBc\fP/0.1c or 0.2\fBi\fP/0.04i]. User may choose to tick only local highs or local lows by specifying \fB\-T+\fP or \fB\-T-\fP, respectively. Appending :LH will plot the characters L and H at the center of closed innermost contours (local lows and highs). L and H can be any single character (e.g., LH, -+, etc.) If a file is given by \fB\-C\fP and \fB\-T\fP is set, then only contours marked with upper case C or A will have tickmarks [and anotation]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W \fItype\fP, if present, can be 'a' for annotated contours or 'c' for regular contours [Default]. \fIpen\fP sets the attributes for the particular line. Default values for annotated contours: width = 3, color = black, texture = solid. Regular contours have default width = 1. If the \fB+\fP flag is specified then the color of the contour lines are taken from the cpt file (see \fB\-C\fP). .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z Use to subtract \fIshift\fP from the data and multiply the results by \fIfactor\fP before contouring starts [1/0]. (Numbers in \fB\A, \-C, \-L\fP refer to values after this scaling has occurred.) Append \fBp\fP to indicate that this grid file contains z-values that are periodic in 360 degrees (e.g., phase data, angular distributions) and that special precautions must be taken when determining 0-contours. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To contour the file hawaii_grav.grd every 25 mGal on a Mercator map at 0.5 inch/degree, annotate every 50 mGal (using fontsize = 10), using 1 degree tickmarks, and draw 30 minute gridlines, try .br .sp grdcontour hawaii_grav.grd \fB\-Jm\fP0.5\fBi\fP \fB\-C\fP25 \fB\-A\fP50\fBf\fP10 \fB\-B\fP1\fBg\fP30\fBm\fP > hawaii_grav.ps .br .sp To contour the file image.grd using the levels in the file cont.d on a linear projection at 0.1 cm/x-unit and 50 cm/y-unit, using 20 (x) and 0.1 (y) tickmarks, smooth the contours a bit, use "RMS Misfit" as plot-title, use a thick red pen for annotated contours, and a thin, dashed, blue pen for the rest, try .br .sp grdcontour image.grd \fB\-Jx\fP0.1\fBc\fP/50.0\fBc\fP \fB\-C\fPcont.d \fB\-S\fP4 \fB\-B\fP20/0.1:."RMS Misfit": \fB\-Wa\fP5/255/0/0 \fB\-Wc\fP1/0/0/255\fBta\fP | lp .SH BUGS The text-outline box has not been implemented for perspective view plots. Anotations will plot correctly, but contours will go right through the text. .br The labeling of local highs and lows may plot outside the innermost contour since only the mean value of the contour coordinates is used to position the label. .br The size of the white box beneath contour anotations is augmented by \fIdx\fP and \fIdy\fP which are set to 50% and 5% of ANOT_OFFSET, respectively. You must thus change this value in .gmtdefaults to affect the box size. .br There are too many options. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR grdimage (l), .IR grdview (l), .IR pscontour (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdcut.l0100664000213500001460000000314410000130714014774 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDCUT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdcut \- Extract a subregion out of a \fI.grd\fP file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdcut\fP \fIinput_file.grd\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutput_file.grd\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdcut\fP will produce a new \fIoutput_file.grd\fP file which is a subregion of \fIinput_file.grd\fP. The subregion is specified with \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP as in other programs; the specified range must not exceed the range of \fIinput_file.grd\fP. If in doubt, run \fBgrdinfo\fP to check range. Complementary to \fBgrdcut\fP there is \fBgrdpaste\fP, which will join together two grdfiles along a common edge. .TP \fIinput_file.grd\fP this is the input \fI.grd\fP format file. .TP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutput_file.grd\fP this is the output \fI.grd\fP format file. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. This defines the subregion to be cut out. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES Suppose you have used \fBsurface\fP to grid ship gravity in the region between 148E - 162E and 8N - 32N, and you do not trust the gridding near the edges, so you want to keep only the area between 150E - 160E and 10N - 30N, then: .sp grdcut grav_148_162_8_32.grd \fB\-G\fPgrav_150_160_10_30.grd \fB\-R\fP150/160/10/30 \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR grdpaste (l), .IR grdinfo (l), .IR gmt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdedit.l0100664000213500001460000000511010000130714015121 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDEDIT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdedit \- Modifying the header in a 2-D grdfile .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdedit\fP \fIgrdfile\fP [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIxunit/yunit/zunit/scale/offset/title/remark\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdedit\fP reads the header information in a binary 2-D grdfile and replaces the information with values provided on the command line [if any]. As an option, global, geographical grids (with 360 degrees longitude range) can be rotated in the east-west direction. \fBgrdedit\fP only operates on files containing a grdheader. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP Name of the 2-D grdfile to modify .sp .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A If necessary, adjust the file's \fIx_inc, y_inc\fP to be compatible with its domain (or a new domain set with \fB\-R\fP). Older gridfiles (i.e., created prior to GMT 3.1) often had excessive slop in' \fIx_inc, y_inc\fP and an adjustment is necessary. Newer files are created correctly. .TP .B \-D Give new values for \fIxunit, yunit, zunit, scale, offset, title,\fP and \fIremark\fP. To leave some of the values untouched, specify = as the new value. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. The new w/e/s/n values will replace those in the grid, and the \fIx_inc, y_inc\fP values are adjusted, if necessary. .TP .B \-S For global, geographical grids only. Grid values will be shifted laterally according to the new borders given in \fB\-R\fP. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES Let us assume the file data.grd covers the area 300/310/10/30. We want to change the boundaries from geodetic longitudes to geographic and put a new title in the header. We accomplish this by .br .sp grdedit data.grd \fB\-R\fP-60/-50/10/30 \fB\-D\fP=/=/=/=/=/"Gravity Anomalies"/= .br .sp The grid world.grd has the limits 0/360/-72/72. To shift the data so that the limits would be -180/180/-72/72, use .br .sp grdedit world.grd \fB\-R\fP-180/180/-72/72 \fB\-S\fP .br .sp The file junk.grd was created prior to GMT 3.1 with incompatible \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP arguments. To reset the x- and y-increments we run .br .sp grdedit junk.grd \fB\-A\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grd2xyz (l), .IR xyz2grd (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdfft.l0100664000213500001460000001440410000130714014761 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDFFT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdfft \- Perform mathematical operations on grdfiles in the frequency domain .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdfft\fP \fIin_grdfile\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIazimuth\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP[\fIscale\fP\fB|g\fP] ] [ \fB\-E\fP[\fBx|y\fP][\fBw\fP] ] [ \fB\-F\fP[\fIx|y\fP]\fIlc/lp/hp/hc\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP[\fIscale\fP\fB|g\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIstuff\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIscale\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIte/rl/rm/rw/ri\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdfft\fP will take the 2-D forward Fast Fourier Transform and perform one or more mathematical operations in the frequency domain before transforming back to the space domain. An option is provided to scale the data before writing the new values to an output file. The horizontal dimensions of the grdfiles are assumed to be in meters. Geographical grids may be used by specifying the \fB\-M\fP option that scales degrees to meters. If you have grdfiles with dimensions in km, you could change this to meters using \fBgrdedit\fP or scale the output with \fBgrdmath\fP. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIin_grdfile\fP 2-D binary grd file to be operated on. .TP .B \-G Specify the name of the output grd file. .br .sp .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A Take the directional derivative in the \fIazimuth\fP direction measured in degrees CW from north. .TP .B \-C Upward (for \fIzlevel\fP > 0) or downward (for \fIzlevel\fP < 0) continue the field \fIzlevel\fP meters. .TP .B \-D Differentiate the field, i.e., take d(field)/dz. This is equivalent to multiplying by kr in the frequency domain (kr is radial wave number). Append a scale to multiply by (kr * \fIscale\fP) instead. Alternatively, append \fBg\fP to indicate that your data are geoid heights in meters and output should be gravity anomalies in mGal. [Default is no scale]. .TP .B \-E Estimate power spectrum in the radial direction. Place \fBx\fP or \fBy\fP immediately after \fB\-E\fP to compute the spectrum in the x or y direction instead. No grdfile is created; f (i.e., frequency or wave number), power[f], and 1 standard deviation in power[f] are written to stdout. Append \fBw\fP to write wavelength instead of frequency. .TP .B \-F Filter the data. Place x or y immediately after \fB\-F\fP to filter x or y direction only; default is isotropic. Specify four wavelengths in correct units (see \fB\-M\fP) to design a bandpass filter; wavelengths greater than \fIlc\fP or less than \fIhc\fP will be cut, wavelengths greater than \fIlp\fP and less than \fIhp\fP will be passed, and wavelengths in between will be cosine-tapered. E.g., \fB\-F\fP1000000/250000/50000/10000 \fB\-M\fP will bandpass, cutting wavelengths > 1000 km and < 10 km, passing wavelengths between 250 km and 50 km. To make a highpass or lowpass filter, give hyphens (-) for \fIhp\fP/\fIhc\fP or \fIlc\fP/\fIlp\fP. E.g., \fB\-F\fPx-/-/50/10 will lowpass X, passing wavelengths > 50 and rejecting wavelengths < 10. \fB\-F\fPy1000/250/-/- will highpass Y, passing wavelengths < 250 and rejecting wavelengths > 1000. .TP .B \-I Integrate the field, i.e., compute integral_over_z (field * dz). This is equivalent to divide by kr in the frequency domain (kr is radial wave number). Append a scale to divide by (kr * \fIscale\fP) instead. Alternatively, append \fBg\fP to indicate that your data set is gravity anomalies in mGal and output should be geoid heights in meters. [Default is no scale]. .TP .B \-L Leave trend alone. By default, a linear trend will be removed prior to the transform. .TP .B \-M Map units. Choose this option if your grdfile is a geographical grid and you want to convert degrees into meters. If the data are close to either pole, you should consider projecting the grdfile onto a rectangular coordinate system using \fBgrdproject\fP. .TP .B \-N Choose or inquire about suitable grid dimensions for FFT. \fB\-Nf\fP will force the FFT to use the dimensions of the data. \fB\-Nq will inQuire about more suitable dimensions. \fB\-N\fP\fInx/ny\fP will do FFT on array size \fInx/ny\fP (Must be >= grdfile size). Default chooses dimensions >= data which optimize speed, accuracy of FFT. If FFT dimensions > grdfile dimensions, data are extended and tapered to zero. .TP .B \-S Multiply each element by \fIscale\fP in the space domain (after the frequency domain operations). [Default is 1.0]. .TP .B \-T Compute the isostatic compensation from the topography load (input grdfile) on an elastic plate of thickness \fIte\fP. Also append densities for load, mantle, water, and infill in SI units. If \fIte\fP == 0 then the Airy response is returned. \fB\-T\fP implicitly sets \fB\-L\fP. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To upward continue the sea-level magnetic anomalies in the file mag_0.grd to a level 800 m above sealevel, try .br .sp grdfft mag_0.grd \fB\-C\fP800 \fB\-V\fP \fB\-G\fPmag_800.grd .br .sp To transform geoid heights in m (geoid.grd) on a geographical grid to free-air gravity anomalies in mGal, do .br .sp grdfft geoid.grd \fB\-Dg \-M\fP \fB\-V\fP \fB\-G\fPgrav.grd .br .sp To transform gravity anomalies in mGal (faa.grd) to deflections of the vertical (in micro-radians) in the 038 direction, we must first integrate gravity to get geoid, then take the directional derivative, and finally scale radians to micro-radians: .br .sp grdfft faa.grd \fB\-Ig \-A\fP38 \fB\-S\fP1e6 \fB\-V\fP \fB\-G\fPdefl_38.grd .br .sp Second vertical derivatives of gravity anomalies are related to the curvature of the field. We can compute these as mGal/m^2 by differentiating twice: .br .sp grdfft gravity.grd \fB\-D\fP \fB\-D\fP \fB\-V\fP \fB\-G\fPgrav_2nd_derivative.grd .br .sp The first order gravity anomaly (in mGal) due to the compensating surface caused by the topography load topo.grd (in m) on a 20 km thick elastic plate, assumed to be 4 km beneath the observation level can be computed as .br .sp grdfft topo.grd \fB\-T\fP20000/2800/3330/1030/2300 \fB\-S\fP0.022 \fB\-C\fP4000 \fB\-G\fPcomp_faa.grd .br .sp where 0.022 is the scale needed for the first term in Parker's expansion for ' computing gravity from topography (= 2 * PI * G * (rhom - rhol)). .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdedit (l), .IR grdmath (l), .IR grdproject (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdfilter.l0100664000213500001460000000636610000130714015477 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDFILTER l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdfilter \- Filter a \fI.grd\fP file in the Time domain .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdfilter\fP \fIinput_file.grd\fP \fB\-D\fP\fIflag\fP \fB\-F\fP\fI\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutput_file.grd\fP [ \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fIr\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdfilter\fP will filter a \fI.grd\fP file in the time domain using a boxcar, cosine arch, gaussian, median, or mode filter and computing distances using Cartesian or Spherical geometries. The output \fI.grd\fP file can optionally be generated as a sub\fB\-R\fPegion of the input and/or with a new \fB\-I\fPncrement. In this way, one may have "extra space" in the input data so that the edges will not be used and the output can be within one-half- width of the input edges. If the filter is low-pass, then the output may be less frequently sampled than the input. .TP \fIinput_file.grd\fP The file of points to be filtered. .TP .B \-D Distance \fIflag\fP tells how grid (x,y) relates to filter \fIwidth\fP as follows: .sp \fIflag\fP = 0: grid (x,y) same units as \fIwidth\fP, Cartesian distances. .br \fIflag\fP = 1: grid (x,y) in degrees, \fIwidth\fP in kilometers, Cartesian distances. .br \fIflag\fP = 2: grid (x,y) in degrees, \fIwidth\fP in km, dx scaled by cos(middle y), Cartesian distances. .sp The above options are fastest because they allow weight matrix to be computed only once. The next two options are slower because they recompute weights for each East-West scan line. .sp \fIflag\fP = 3: grid (x,y) in degrees, \fIwidth\fP in km, dx scaled by cosine(y), Cartesian distance calculation. .br \fIflag\fP = 4: grid (x,y) in degrees, \fIwidth\fP in km, Spherical distance calculation. .TP .B \-F Choose one only of \fBbcgmp\fP for (\fBb\fP)oxcar, (\fBc\fP)osine Arch, (\fBg\fP)aussian, (\fBm\fP)edian, or maximum likelihood (\fBp\fP)robability (a mode estimator) filter and specify full \fIwidth\fP. .TP .B \-G \fIoutput_file.grd\fP is the output of the filter. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the output Increment. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes, or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. If the new \fIx_inc, y_inc\fP are NOT integer multiples of the old ones (in the input data), filtering will be considerably slower. [Default: Same as input.] .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south, \fPand \fInorth\fP defines the Region of the output points. [Default: Same as input.] .TP .B \-T Toggle the node registration for the output grid so as to become the opposite of the input grid [Default gives the same registration as the input grid]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES Suppose that north_pacific_dbdb5.grd is a file of 5 minute bathymetry from 140E to 260E and 0N to 50N, and you want to find the medians of values within a 300km radius (600km full width) of the output points, which you choose to be from 150E to 250E and 10N to 40N, and you want the output values every 0.5 degree. Using spherical distance calculations, you need: .sp grdfilter north_pacific_dbdb5.grd \fB\-G\fPfiltered_pacific.grd \fB\-Fm\fP600 \fB\-D\fP4 \fB\-R\fP150/250/10/40 \fB\-I\fP0.5 \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdfft (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdgradient.l0100664000213500001460000001231510000130714015776 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDGRADIENT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdgradient \- Compute directional derivative or gradient from 2-D grd file representing z(x,y) .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdgradient\fP \fIin_grdfile\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIazim\fP[/\fIazim2\fP] ] [ \fB\-D\fP[\fBc\fP][\fBo\fP][\fBn\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIflag\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP[\fBe\fP][\fBt\fP][\fIamp\fP][/\fIsigma\fP[/\fIoffset\fP]] ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIslopefile\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdgradient\fP may be used to compute the directional derivative in a given direction (\fB\-A\fP), or the direction (\fB\-S\fP) [and the magnitude (\fB\-D\fP)] of the vector gradient of the data. .br Estimated values in the first/last row/column of output depend on boundary conditions (see \fB\-L\fP). .br .TP \fIin_grdfile\fP 2-D grd file from which to compute directional derivative. .TP .B \-G Name of the output grdfile for the directional derivative. .br .sp .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP .B \-A Azimuthal direction for a directional derivative; \fIazim\fP is the angle in the x,y plane measured in degrees positive clockwise from north (the +y direction) toward east (the +x direction). The negative of the directional derivative, \-[dz/dx*sin(\fIazim\fP) + dz/dy*cos(\fIazim\fP)], is found; negation yields positive values when the slope of z(x,y) is downhill in the \fIazim\fP direction, the correct sense for shading the illumination of an image (see \fBgrdimage\fP and \fBgrdview\fP) by a light source above the x,y plane shining from the \fIazim\fP direction. Optionally, supply two azimuths, \fB\-A\fP\fIazim\fP/\fIazim2\fP, in which case the gradients in each of these directions are calculated and the one larger in magnitude is retained; this is useful for illuminating data with two directions of lineated structures, e.g. \fB\-A\fP\fI0\fP/\fI270\fP illuminates from the north (top) and west (left). .TP .B \-D Find the direction of the gradient of the data. By default, the directions are measured clockwise from north, as \fIazim\fP in \fB\-A\fP above. Append \fBc\fP to use conventional cartesian angles measured counterclockwise from the positive x (east) direction. Append \fBo\fP to report orientations (0-180) rather than directions (0-360). Append \fBn\fP to add 90 degrees to all angles (e.g., to give orientation of lineated features). .TP .B \-L Boundary condition \fIflag\fP may be \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP or \fIxy\fP indicating data is periodic in range of x or y or both, or \fIflag\fP may be \fIg\fP indicating geographical conditions (x and y are lon and lat). [Default uses "natural" conditions (second partial derivative normal to edge is zero).] .TP .B \-M By default the units of \fBgrdgradient\fP are in units_of_z/units_of_dx_and_dy. However, the user may choose this option to convert dx,dy in degrees of longitude,latitude into meters, so that the units of \fBgrdgradient\fP are in z_units/meter. .TP .B \-N Normalization. [Default: no normalization.] The actual gradients \fIg\fP are offset and scaled to produce normalized gradients \fIgn\fP with a maximum output magnitude of \fIamp\fP. If \fIamp\fP is not given, default \fIamp\fP = 1. If \fIoffset\fP is not given, it is set to the average of \fIg\fP. \fB\-N\fP yields \fIgn\fP = \fIamp\fP * (\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP)/max(abs(\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP)). \fB\-Ne\fP normalizes using a cumulative Laplace distribution yielding \fIgn\fP = \fIamp\fP * (1.0 - exp(sqrt(2) * (\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP)/\fIsigma\fP)) where \fIsigma\fP is estimated using the L1 norm of (\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP) if it is not given. \fB\-Nt\fP normalizes using a cumulative Cauchy distribution yielding \fIgn\fP = (2 * \fIamp\fP / PI) * atan( (\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP)/\fIsigma\fP) where \fIsigma\fP is estimated using the L2 norm of (\fIg\fP - \fIoffset\fP) if it is not given. .TP .B \-S Name of output grdfile with scalar magnitudes of gradient vectors. Requires \fB\-D\fP. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH HINTS If you don't know what \fB\-N\fP options to use to make an intensity file for ' \fBgrdimage\fP or \fBgrdview\fP, a good first try is \fB\-Ne\fP0.6. .br .sp If you want to make several illuminated maps of subregions of a large data set, and you need the illumination effects to be consistent across all the maps, use the \fB\-N\fP option and supply the same value of \fIsigma\fP and \fIoffset\fP to \fBgrdgradient\fP for each map. A good guess is \fIoffset\fP = 0 and \fIsigma\fP found by \fBgrdinfo \-L2\fP or \fB\-L1\fP applied to an unnormalized gradient grd. .br .sp If you simply need the \fIx\fP- or \fIy\fP-derivatives of the grid, use \fBgrdmath\fP. .SH EXAMPLES To make a file for illuminating the data in geoid.grd using exp-normalized gradients imitating light sources in the north and west directions, do .br .sp grdgradient geoid.grd \fB\-A\fP0/270 \fB\-G\fPgradients.grd \fB\-Ne\fP0.6 \fP\-V\fP .br .sp To find the azimuth orientations of seafloor fabric in the file topo.grd, try .br .sp grdgradient topo.grd \fB\-Snao \-G\fPazimuths.grd \fB\-V\fP .br .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR grdhisteq (l), .IR grdimage (l), .IR grdview (l), .IR grdvector (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdhisteq.l0100664000213500001460000001137510000130714015503 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDHISTEQ l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdhisteq \- Histogram equalization for grd files .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdhisteq\fP \fIin_grdfile\fP [ \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIn_cells\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP[\fInorm\fP] ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdhisteq\fP allows the user to find the data values which divide a given grdfile into patches of equal area. One common use of \fBgrdhisteq\fP is in a kind of histogram equalization of an image. In this application, the user might have a grdfile of flat topography with a mountain in the middle. Ordinary gray shading of this file (using grdimage/grdview) with a linear mapping from topography to graytone will result in most of the image being very dark gray, with the mountain being almost white. One could use \fBgrdhisteq\fP to write to stdout an ASCII list of those data values which divide the range of the data into \fIn_cells\fP segments, each of which has an equal area in the image. Using \fBawk\fP or \fBmakecpt\fP one can take this output and build a cpt file; using the cptfile with grdimage will result in an image with all levels of gray occurring equally. Alternatively, see \fBgrd2cpt\fP. .br The second common use of \fBgrdhisteq\fP is in writing a grdfile with statistics based on some kind of cumulative distribution function. In this application, the output has relative highs and lows in the same (x,y) locations as the input file, but the values are changed to reflect their place in some cumulative distribution. One example would be to find the lowest 10% of the data: Take a grdfile, run \fBgrdhisteq\fP and make a grdfile using \fIn_cells\fP = 10, and then contour the result to trace the 1 contour. This will enclose the lowest 10% of the data, regardless of their original values. Another example is in equalizing the output of grdgradient. For shading purposes it is desired that the data have a smooth distribution, such as a gaussian. If you run \fBgrdhisteq\fP on output from grdgradient and make a grdfile output with the Gaussian option, you will have a grdfile whose values are distributed according to a gaussian distribution with zero mean and unit variance. The locations of these values will correspond to the locations of the input; that is, the most negative output value will be in the (x,y) location of the most negative input value, and so on. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIin_grdfile\fP 2-D binary grd file to be equalized. .br .sp .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-C Sets how many cells (or divisions) of data range to make. .TP .B \-D Dump level information to standard output. .TP .B \-G Name of output 2-D grd file. Used with \fB\-N\fP only. .TP .B \-N Gaussian output. Use with \fB\-G\fP to make an output grdfile with standard normal scores. Append \fInorm\fP to force the scores to fall in the <-1,+1> range [Default is standard normal scores]. .TP .B \-Q Use quadratic intensity scaling. [Default is linear]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To find the height intervals that divide the file heights.grd into 16 divisions of equal area, try .br .sp grdhisteq heights.grd \fB\-C\fP16 \fB\-D\fP > levels.d .br .sp To make the poorly distributed intensities in the file raw_intens.grd suitable for use with \fBgrdimage\fP or \fBgrdview\fP, try .br .sp grdhisteq raw_intens.grd \fB\-G\fPsmooth_intens.grd \fB\-N \-V\fP .br .SH RESTRICTIONS If you use \fBgrdhisteq\fP to make a gaussian output for gradient shading in \fBgrdimage\fP or \fBgrdview\fP, you should be aware of the following: the output will be in the range [-x, x], where x is based on the number of data in the input grdfile (nx * ny) and the cumulative gaussian distribution function F(x). That is, let N = nx * ny. Then x will be adjusted so that F(x) = (N - 1 + 0.5)/N. Since about 68% of the values from a standard normal distribution fall within +/- 1, this will be true of the output grdfile. But if N is very large, it is possible for x to be greater than 4. Therefore, with the \fBgrdimage\fP program clipping gradients to the range [-1, 1], you will get correct shading of 68% of your data, while 16% of them will be clipped to -1 and 16% of them clipped to +1. If this makes too much of the image too light or too dark, you should take the output of \fBgrdhisteq\fP and rescale it using \fBgrdmath\fP and multiplying by something less than 1.0, to shrink the range of the values, thus bringing more than 68% of the image into the range [-1, 1]. Alternatively, supply a normalization factor with \fB\-N\fP. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR grd2cpt (l), .IR grdgradient (l), .IR grdimage (l), .IR grdmath (l), .IR grdview (l), .IR makecpt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdimage.l0100664000213500001460000001655710000130714015277 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDIMAGE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdimage \- Create grayshaded or colored image from a 2-D netCDF grd file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdimage\fP \fIgrdfile\fP \fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIdpi\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP[\fBf|b\fP]\fIrgb\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIintensfile\fP] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsearch_radius\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP[\fBs\fP] ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V \fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdimage\fP reads a 2-D gridded file and produces a gray-shaded (or colored) map by assigning each contour interval a gray-shade (or color). Optionally, illumination may be added by providing a file with intensities in the (-1,+1) range. Values outside this range will be clipped. Such intensity files can be created from the grdfile using \fBgrdgradient\fP and modified by \fBgrdmath\fP or \fBgrdhisteq\fP. Each grid-node in the grdfile is represented as a shaded (or colored) rectangle centered on the grid node. When using map projections, the grid is first resampled on a new rectangular grid (This can be a time-consuming process for large grid files; but see -T). A 24-bit true color \fIPostScript\fP file is output. The region option can be used to select a map region larger or smaller than that implied by the extent of the grdfile. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP 2-D gridded data set to be imaged .TP .B \-C name of the color palette table .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-E Sets the resolution of the projected grid that will be created if a map projection other than Linear or Mercator was selected. By default, the projected grid will be of the same size (rows and columns) as the input file. .TP .B \-G This option only applies when the resulting image otherwise would consist of only two colors: black (0) and white (255). If so, this option will instead use the image as a transparent mask and point the mask (or its inverse, with \fB\-Gb\fP) with the given color combination. .TP .B \-I Gives the name of a grdfile with intensities in the (-1,+1) range. [Default is no illumination]. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Force conversion to monochrome image using the (television) YIQ transformation. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. You may ask for a larger \fIw/e/s/n\fP region to have more room between the image and the axes. A smaller region than specified in the grdfile will result in a subset of the grid [Default is region given by the grdfile]. .TP .B \-S Set the search radius for the averaging procedure [Default avoids aliasing]. .TP .B \-T Plot image without any interpolation. This involves converting each node-centered bin into a polygon which is then painted separately. Append \fBs\fP to skip nodes with z = NaN. This option is useful for categorical data where interpolating between values is meaningless. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To gray-shade the file hawaii_grav.grd with shades given in shades.cpt on a Lambert map at 1.5 cm/degree along the standard parallels 18 and 24, and using 1 degree tickmarks, try .br .sp grdimage hawaii_grav.grd \fB\-Jl\fP18/24/1.5\fBc\fP \fB\-C\fPshades.cpt \fB\-B\fP1 > hawaii_grav_image.ps .br .sp To create an illuminated color \fIPostScript\fP plot of the gridded data set image.grd, using the intensities provided by the file intens.grd, and color levels in the file colors.cpt, with linear scaling at 10 inch/x-unit, tickmarks every 5 units, try .br .sp grdimage image.grd \fB\-Jx\fP10\fBi\fP \fB\-C\fPcolors.cpt \fB\-I\fPintens.grd \fB\-B\fP5 > image.ps .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdcontour (l), .IR grdview (l), .IR grdgradient (l), .IR grdhisteq (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdinfo.l0100664000213500001460000000370510000130714015137 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDINFO l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdinfo \- Get information about the contents of a 2-D grd file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdinfo\fP \fIgrdfiles\fP [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-L1\fP ] [ \fB\-L2\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdinfo\fP reads a 2-D binary grd file and reports various statistics for the (x,y,z) data in the grdfile. The output information contains the minimum/maximum values for x, y, and z, where the min/max of z occur, the x- and y-increments, and the number of x and y nodes, and [optionally] the mean, standard deviation, and/or the median, L1 scale of z, and number of nodes set to NaN. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP The name of one or several 2-D grd files. .br .sp .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-C Formats the report using tab-separated fields on a single line. The output is \fIw e s n z0 z1 dx dy nx ny \fP[ \fIx0 y0 x1 y1\fP ] [ \fImed scale\fP ] [\fI mean std rms\fP] [\fIn_nan\fP]. The data in brackets are output only if the corresponding options \fB\-M, \-L1\fP, \fB\-L2\fP, and \fB\-M are used, respectively. .TP .B \-D Report grid domain and x/y-increments using dd:mm:ss[.fff] notation [Default is decimal]. Does not apply to the \fB\-C\fP option. .TP .B \-F Report grid domain and x/y-increments world mapping format [Default is generic]. Does not apply to the \fB\-C\fP option. .TP .B \-L1 Report median and L1 scale of z (L1 scale = 1.4826 * Median Absolute Deviation (MAD)). .TP .B \-L2 Report mean and standard deviation of z. .TP .B \-M Find and report the location of min/max z-values, and count and report the number of nodes set to NaN, if any. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To obtain all the information about the data set in file hawaii_topo.grd, try .br .sp grdinfo \fB\-L1 \-L2 \-M\fP hawaii_topo.grd .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grd2cpt (l), .IR grd2xyz (l), .IR grdedit (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdlandmask.l0100664000213500001460000000621210000130714015772 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDLANDMASK l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdlandmask \- Create "wet-dry" mask grdfile from shoreline data base. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdlandmask\fP \fB\-G\fP\fImask_grd_file\fP] \fB\-I\fP\fIxinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIyinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP\fImin_area\fP[/\fImin_level/max_level\fP] ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIresolution\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fImaskvalues\fP[\fBo\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdlandmask\fP reads the selected shoreline database and uses that information to decide which nodes in the specified grid are over land or over water. The nodes defined by the selected region and lattice spacing will be set according to one of two criteria: (1) Lands vs water, or (2) the more detailed (hierarchial) ocean vs land vs lake vs island vs pond. The resulting mask grdfile may be used in subsequent operations involving \fBgrdmath\fP to mask out data from land [or water] areas. .TP .B \-G Name of resulting output mask grd file. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A Features with an area smaller than \fImin_area\fP in km^2 or of hierarchical level that is lower than \fImin_level\fP or higher than \fImax_level\fP will be ignored [Default is 0/4 (all features)]. See DATABASE INFORMATION in the \fBpscoast\fP man-pages for more details. .TP .B \-D Selects the resolution of the data set to use ((\fBf\fP)ull, (\fBh\fP)igh, (\fBi\fP)ntermediate, (\fBl\fP)ow, or (\fBc\fP)rude). The resolution drops off by ~80% between data sets. [Default is \fBl\fP]. Note that because the coastlines differ in details a node in a mask file using one resolution is not guaranteed to remain inside [or outside] when a different resolution is selected. .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration. [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-N Sets the values that will be assigned to nodes. Values can be any number, including the textstring NaN. Append \fBo\fP to let nodes exactly on feature boundaries be considered outside [Default is inside]. Specify this information using 1 of 2 formats: .br \fB\-N\fP\fIwet/dry\fP. .br \fB\-N\fP\fIocean/land/lake/island/pond\fP. .br [Default is 0/1/0/1/0 (i.e., 0/1)]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To set all nodes on land to NaN, and nodes over water to 1, using the high resolution data set, do .br .sp grdlandmask \fB\-R\fP-60/-40/-40/-30 \fB\-Dh \-I\fP5\fBm \-N\fP1/NaN \fB\-G\fPland_mask.grd \fB\-V\fP .br .sp To make a 1x1 degree global grid with the hierarchical levels of the nodes based on the low resolution data, try .br .sp grdlandmask \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Dl \-I\fP1 \fB\-N\fP0/1/2/3/4 \fB\-G\fPlevels.grd \fB\-V\fP .br .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdmath (l), .IR grdclip (l), .IR psmask (l), .IR psclip (l), .IR pscoast (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdmask.l0100664000213500001460000000736210000130714015142 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDMASK l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdmask \- Create mask grdfiles from xy paths. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdmask\fP \fIpathfiles\fP \fB\-G\fP\fImask_grd_file\fP] \fB\-I\fP\fIxinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIyinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fIr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIout/edge/in\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fIradius\fP][\fBk\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdmask\fP can operate in 2 different modes. 1. It reads one or more xy-files that each define a closed polygon. The nodes defined by the specified region and lattice spacing will be set equal to one of three possible values depending on whether the node is outside, on the polygon perimeter, or inside the polygon. The resulting mask grdfile may be used in subsequent operations involving \fBgrdmath\fP to mask out data from polygonal areas. 2. The xy-files simply represent data point locations and the mask is set to the inside or outside value depending on whether a node is within a maximum distance from the nearest data point. If the distance specified is zero then only the nodes nearest each data point are considered "inside". .TP \fIpathfiles\fP The name of 1 or more ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] files holding the polygon(s) or data points. .TP .B \-G Name of resulting output mask grd file. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A If the input data are geographic (as indicated by \fB\-L\fP) then the sides in the polygons will be approximated by great circle arcs. This can be turned off using the \fB\-A\fP switch. .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration. [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the regions in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N Sets the values that will be assigned to nodes that are \fIout\fPside the polygons, on the \fIedge\fP, or \fIin\fPside. Values can be any number, including the textstring NaN [Default is 0/0/1]. .TP .B \-S Set nodes depending on their distance from the nearest data point. Nodes within \fIradius\fP [0] from a data point are considered inside. Append \fBk\fP to indicate map units (e.g., \fB\-R \-I\fP in degrees and \fIradius\fP in km). .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To set all nodes inside and on the polygons coastline_*.xy to 0, and outside points to 1, do .sp grdmask coastline_*.xy \fB\-R\fP-60/-40/-40/-30 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-N\fP1/0/0 \fB\-G\fPland_mask.grd \fB\-V\fP .br .sp To set nodes within 50 km of data points to 1 and other nodes to NaN, do .sp grdmask data.xyz \fB\-R\fP-60/-40/-40/-30 \fB\-I\fP5m \fB\-N\fPNaN/1/1 \fB\-S\fP50\fBk\fP \fB\-G\fPdata_mask.grd \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdlandmask (l), .IR grdmath (l), .IR grdclip (l), .IR psmask (l), .IR psclip (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdmath.l0100664000213500001460000002230710000130714015134 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDMATH l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdmath \- Reverse Polish Notation calculator for grd files .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdmath\fP [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIxinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIyinc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP \fB\-V\fP] \fIoperand\fP [ \fIoperand\fP ] \fBOPERATOR\fP [ \fIoperand\fP ] \fBOPERATOR\fP ... \fB=\fP \fIoutgrdfile\fP .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdmath\fP will perform operations like add, subtract, multiply, and divide on one or more grd files or constants using Reverse Polish Notation (RPN) syntax (e.g., Hewlett-Packard calculator-style). Arbitrarily complicated expressions may therefore be evaluated; the final result is written to an output grd file. When two grd files are on the stack, each element in file A is modified by the corresponding element in file B. However, some operators only require one operand (see below). If no grdfiles are used in the expression then options \fB\-R, \-I\fP must be set (and optionally \fB\-F\fP). .TP \fIoperand\fP If \fIoperand\fP can be opened as a file it will be read as a grd file. If not a file, it is interpreted as a numerical constant or a special symbol (see below). .TP \fIoutgrdfile\fP is a 2-D grd file that will hold the final result. .TP .B OPERATORS Choose among the following operators: .br Operator n_args Returns .br .sp \fBABS\fP 1 abs (A). .br \fBACOS\fP 1 acos (A). .br \fBACOSH\fP 1 acosh (A). .br \fBADD(+)\fP 2 A + B. .br \fBAND\fP 2 NaN if A and B == NaN, B if A == NaN, else A. .br \fBASIN\fP 1 asin (A). .br \fBASINH\fP 1 asinh (A). .br \fBATAN\fP 1 atan (A). .br \fBATAN2\fP 2 atan2 (A, B). .br \fBATANH\fP 1 atanh (A). .br \fBBEI\fP 1 bei (A). .br \fBBER\fP 1 ber (A). .br \fBCDIST\fP 2 Cartesian distance between grid nodes and stack x,y. .br \fBCEIL\fP 1 ceil (A) (smallest integer >= A). .br \fBCHIDIST\fP 2 Chi-squared-distribution P(chi2,nu), with chi2 = A and nu = B. .br \fBCOS\fP 1 cos (A) (A in radians). .br \fBCOSD\fP 1 cos (A) (A in degrees). .br \fBCOSH\fP 1 cosh (A). .br \fBCURV\fP 1 Curvature of A (Laplacian). .br \fBD2DX2\fP 1 d^2(A)/dx^2 2nd derivative. .br \fBD2DY2\fP 1 d^2(A)/dy^2 2nd derivative. .br \fBD2R\fP 1 Converts Degrees to Radians. .br \fBDDX\fP 1 d(A)/dx 1st derivative. .br \fBDDY\fP 1 d(A)/dy 1st derivative. .br \fBDILOG\fP 1 Dilog (A). .br \fBDIV(/)\fP 2 A / B. .br \fBDUP\fP 1 Places duplicate of A on the stack. .br \fBERF\fP 1 Error function of A. .br \fBERFC\fP 1 Complementory Error function of A. .br \fBERFINV\fP 1 Inverse error function of A. .br \fBEQ\fP 2 1 if A == B, else 0. .br \fBEXCH\fP 2 Exchanges A and B on the stack. .br \fBEXP\fP 1 exp (A). .br \fBEXTREMA\fP 1 Local Extrema: +2/-2 is max/min, +1/-1 is saddle with max/min in x, 0 elsewhere. .br \fBFDIST\fP 4 F-dist Q(var1,var2,nu1,nu2), with var1 = A, var2 = B, nu1 = C, and nu2 = D. .br \fBFLOOR\fP 1 floor (A) (greatest integer <= A). .br \fBFMOD\fP 2 A % B (remainder). .br \fBGDIST\fP 2 Great distance (in degrees) between grid nodes and stack lon,lat. .br \fBGE\fP 2 1 if A >= B, else 0. .br \fBGT\fP 2 1 if A > B, else 0. .br \fBHYPOT\fP 2 hypot (A, B). .br \fBI0\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 0). .br \fBI1\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 1). .br \fBIN\fP 2 Modified Bessel function of A (1st kind, order B). .br \fBINV\fP 1 1 / A. .br \fBISNAN\fP 1 1 if A == NaN, else 0. .br \fBJ0\fP 1 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 0). .br \fBJ1\fP 1 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order 1). .br \fBJN\fP 2 Bessel function of A (1st kind, order B). .br \fBK0\fP 1 Modified Kelvin function of A (2nd kind, order 0). .br \fBK1\fP 1 Modified Bessel function of A (2nd kind, order 1). .br \fBKN\fP 2 Modified Bessel function of A (2nd kind, order B). .br \fBKEI\fP 1 kei (A). .br \fBKER\fP 1 ker (A). .br \fBLE\fP 2 1 if A <= B, else 0. .br \fBLMSSCL\fP 1 LMS scale estimate (LMS STD) of A. .br \fBLOG\fP 1 log (A) (natural log). .br \fBLOG10\fP 1 log10 (A). .br \fBLOG1P\fP 1 log (1+A) (accurate for small A). .br \fBLOWER\fP 1 The lowest (minimum) value of A. .br \fBLT\fP 2 1 if A < B, else 0. .br \fBMAD\fP 1 Median Absolute Deviation (L1 STD) of A. .br \fBMAX\fP 2 Maximum of A and B. .br \fBMEAN\fP 1 Mean value of A. .br \fBMED\fP 1 Median value of A. .br \fBMIN\fP 2 Minimum of A and B. .br \fBMODE\fP 1 Mode value (LMS) of A. .br \fBMUL(x)\fP 2 A * B. .br \fBNAN\fP 2 NaN if A == B, else A. .br \fBNEG\fP 1 -A. .br \fBNRAND\fP 2 Normal, random values with mean A and std. deviation B. .br \fBOR\fP 2 NaN if A or B == NaN, else A. .br \fBPLM\fP 3 Associated Legendre polynomial P(-1 max.xyz .SH BUGS Files that has the same name as some operators, e.g., ADD, SIGN, =, etc. cannot be read and must not be present in the current directory. Piping of files are not allowed. The stack limit is hard-wired to 50. All functions expecting a positive radius (e.g., log, kei, etc.) are passed the absolute value of their argument. .SH REFERENCES Abramowitz, M., and I. A. Stegun, 1964, \fIHandbook of Mathematical Functions\fP, Applied Mathematics Series, vol. 55, Dover, New York. .br Press, W. H., S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vetterling, B. P. Flannery, 1992, \fINumerical Recipes\fP, 2nd edition, Cambridge Univ., New York. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtmath (l), .IR grd2xyz (l), .IR grdedit (l), .IR grdinfo (l), .IR xyz2grd (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdpaste.l0100664000213500001460000000226610000130715015322 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDPASTE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdpaste \- Paste together two \fI.grd\fP files along a common edge. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdpaste\fP \fIfile_a.grd file_b.grd\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutfile.grd\fP [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdpaste\fP will combine \fIfile_a.grd\fP and \fIfile_b.grd\fP into \fIoutfile.grd\fP by pasting them together along their common edge. Files \fIfile_a.grd\fP and \fIfile_b.grd\fP must have the same dx, dy and have one edge in common. If in doubt, check with \fBgrdinfo\fP and use \fBgrdcut\fP and/or \fBgrdsample\fP if necessary to prepare the edge joint. .TP \fIfile_a.grd\fP One of two files to be pasted together. .TP \fIfile_b.grd\fP The other of two files to be pasted together. .TP \fB\-G\fP\fIoutfile.grd\fP The name for the combined output. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES Suppose file_a.grd is 150E - 180E and 0 - 30N, and file_b.grd is 150E - 180E, -30S - 0, then you can make outfile.grd which will be 150 - 180 and -30S - 30N by: .sp grdpaste file_a.grd file_b.grd \fB\-G\fPoutfile.grd \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdcut (l), .IR grdinfo (l), .IR grdsample (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdproject.l0100664000213500001460000001477410000130715015663 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDPROJECT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdproject \- Forward and Inverse map transformation of 2-D grd files .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdproject\fP \fIin_grdfile\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP[\fBk|m|n|i|c|p\fP] ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIdx\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIdy\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIdpi\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-Mc|i|m|p\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fInx/ny\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsearch_radius\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdproject\fP will do one of two things depending whether \fB\-I\fP has been set. If set, it will transform a gridded data set from a rectangular coordinate system onto a geographical system by resampling the surface at the new nodes. If not set, it will project a geographical gridded data set onto a rectangular grid. The new nodes are filled based on a simple weighted average of nearby points. Aliasing is avoided by using sensible values for the \fIsearch_radius\fP. The new node spacing may be determined in one of several ways by specifying the grid spacing, number of nodes, or resolution. Nodes not constrained by input data are set to NaN. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIin_grdfile\fP 2-D binary grd file to be transformed. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A Force 1:1 scaling, i.e., output (or input, see \fB\-I\fP) data are in actual projected meters. To specify other units, append \fBk\fP (km), \fBm\fP (mile),\fBn\fP (nautical mile), \fBi\fP (inch), \fBc\fP (cm), or \fBp\fP (points). Without \fB\-A\fP, the output (or input, see \fB\-I\fP) are in the units specified by MEASURE_UNIT (but see \fB\-M\fP). .TP .B \-C Let projected coordinates be relative to projection center [Default is relative to lower left corner]. .TP .B \-D Set the grid spacing for the new grid. Append \fBm\fP for minutes, \fBc\fP for seconds. .TP .B \-E Set the resolution for the new grid in dots pr inch. .TP .B \-F Toggle between pixel and gridline registration [Default is same as input]. .TP .B \-G Specify the name of the output netCDF grd file. .TP .B \-I Do the Inverse transformation, from rectangular to geographical. .TP .B \-M Append \fBc\fP, \fBi\fP, or \fBm\fP to indicate that cm, inch, or meter should be the projected measure unit [Default is set by MEASURE_UNIT in .gmtdefaults]. Cannot be used with \fB\-A\fP. .TP .B \-N Set the number of grid nodes in the new grid. .TP .B \-S Set the search radius for the averaging procedure [Default avoids aliasing]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To transform the geographical grid dbdb5.grd onto a pixel Mercator grid at 300 dpi, run .br .sp grdproject dbdb5.grd \fB\-R\fP20/50/12/25 \fB\-Jm\fP0.25\fBi\fP \fB\-E\fP300 \fB\-F\fP \fB\-G\fPdbdb5_merc.grd .br .sp To inversely transform the file topo_tm.grd back onto a geographical grid try .br .sp grdproject topo_tm.grd \fB\-R\fP-80/-70/20/40 \fB\-Jt\fP-75/1:500000 \fB\-I\fP \fB\-D\fP5\fBm \-V\fP \fB\-G\fPtopo.grd .br .sp This assumes, of course, that the coordinates in topo_tm.grd were created with the same projection parameters. .br To inversely transform the file topo_utm.grd (which is in UTM meters) back onto a geographical grid we specify a one-to-one mapping with meter as the measure unit: .br .sp grdproject topo_utm.grd \fB\-R\fP203/205/60/65 \fB\-Ju\fP5/1:1 \fB\-I\fP \fB\-Mm \-V \-G\fPtopo.grd .br .SH RESTRICTIONS The boundaries of a projected (rectangular) data set will not necessarily give rectangular geographical boundaries (Mercator is one exception). In those cases some nodes may be unconstrained (set to NaN). To get a full grid back, your input grid may have to cover a larger area than you are interrested in. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR mapproject (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdreformat.l0100664000213500001460000000556310000130715016030 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDREFORMAT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdreformat \- Converting between different grdfile formats. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdreformat\fP \fIingrdfile\fP[\fI=id\fP[\fI/scale/offset\fP[\fI/NaNvalue\fP]]] \fIoutgrdfile\fP[\fI=id\fP[\fI/scale/offset\fP[\fI/NaNvalue\fP]]] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdreformat\fP reads a grdfile in one format and writes it out using another format. As an option the user may select a subset of the data to be written and to specify scaling, translation, and NaN-value. .TP \fIingrdfile\fP The grdfile to be read. Append format =\fIid\fP number if not a standard GMT netcdf-based grdfile. If \fIid\fP is set, you may optionally append \fIscale\fP and \fIoffset\fP to scale the data and then add an offset. If \fIscale\fP and \fIoffset\fP are supplied you may also append a value that represent 'not-a-number' (for floating-point grids this is unneccesary since the IEEE NaN is used; however short integers need a value which means no data available.) .TP \fIoutgrdfile\fP The grdfile to be written. Append format =\fIid\fP number if not a standard GMT netcdf-based grdfile. If \fIid\fP is set, you may optionally append \fIscale\fP and \fIoffset\fP to scale the data and then add an offset. If \fIscale\fP and \fIoffset\fP are supplied you may also append a value that represent 'not-a-number' (for floating-point grids this is unneccesary since the IEEE NaN is used; however short integers need a value which means no data available.) For format =\fIid\fP > 0 the size of the GMT grdheader block is \fIhsize\fP = 896 bytes, and the total size of the file is \fIhsize + nx * ny * item_size\fP, where \fIitem_size\fP is the size in bytes of each element (1, 2, 4). Bit grids are stored using 4-byte integers, each holding 32 bits, so for these files the size equation is modified by using ceil (\fInx\fP / 32) * 4 instead of \fInx\fP. For header and grid details, see Appendix B. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH EXAMPLES To create a 4-byte raw floating point grid from the netcdf file data.grd, try .br .sp grdreformat data.grd ras_data.b4=1 \fB\-V\fP .br .sp To make a 2-byte short integer file, scale it by 10, subtract 32000, setting NaNs to -9999, do .br .sp grdreformat values.grd shorts.i2=2/10/-32000/-9999 \fB\-V\fP .br .sp To create a Sun standard 8-bit rasterfile for a subset of the data file image.grd, assuming the range in image.grd is 0-1 and we need 0-255, try .br .sp grdreformat image.grd \fB\-R\fP-60/-40/-40/-30 image.ras8=3/255/0 \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdmath (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdsample.l0100664000213500001460000000653010000130715015465 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDSAMPLE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdsample \- Resample a grd file onto a new grid .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdsample\fP \fIin_grdfile\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIdx\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIdy\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIflag\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fInx/ny\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdsample\fP reads a grdfile and interpolates it to create a new grdfile with either: a different registration (\fB\-T\fP); or, a new grid-spacing (\fB\-I\fP) or number of nodes (\fB\-N\fP), and perhaps also a new sub-region (\fB\-R\fP). Interpolation is bicubic [Default] or bilinear (\fB\-Q\fP) and uses boundary conditions (\fB\-L\fP). Note that using (\fB\-R\fP) only is equivalent to \fBgrdcut\fP or \fBgrdedit \-S\fP. \fBgrdsample\fP safely creates a fine mesh from a coarse one; the converse may suffer aliasing unless the data are filtered using \fBgrdfft\fP or \fBgrdfilter\fP. .TP \fIin_grdfile\fP The name of the input 2-D binary grd file. .TP .B \-G The name of the output grd file. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration. [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-L Boundary condition \fIflag\fP may be \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP or \fIxy\fP indicating data is periodic in range of x or y or both set by \fB\-R\fP, or \fIflag\fP may be \fIg\fP indicating geographical conditions (x and y are lon and lat). [Default uses "natural" conditions (second partial derivative normal to edge is zero).] .TP .B \-N Specify number of columns \fInx\fP and rows \fIny\fP of new grid. .TP .B \-Q Quick mode, use bilinear rather than bicubic interpolation. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-T Translate between grid and pixel registration while keeping \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP the same; if input is grid-registered, output will be pixel-registered and vice-versa. The input file determines \fB\-R\fP, \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-N\fP so no other options are necessary (except possibly \fB\-L\fP or \fB\-Q\fP). .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .SH HINTS If an interpolation point is not on a node of the input grid, then a NaN at any node in the neighborhood surrounding the point will yield an interpolated NaN. Bicubic interpolation [default] yields continuous first derivatives but requires a neighborhood of 4 nodes by 4 nodes. Bilinear interpolation [\fB\-Q\fP] uses only a 2 by 2 neighborhood, but yields only zeroth-order continuity. Use bicubic when smoothness is important. Use bilinear to minimize the propagation of NaNs. .SH EXAMPLES To resample the 5 x 5 minute grid in hawaii_5by5_topo.grd onto a 1 minute grid, try .br .sp grdsample hawaii_5by5_topo.grd \fB\-I\fP1\fBm \-G\fPhawaii_1by1_topo.grd .br .sp To translate the gridline-registered file surface.grd to pixel registration, try .br .sp grdsample surface.grd \fB\-T \-G\fPpixel.grd .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdedit (l), .IR grdfft (l), .IR grdfilter (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdtrack.l0100664000213500001460000000732210000130715015310 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDTRACK l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdtrack \- Sampling of a 2-D grdfile along 1-D trackline (a sequence of x,y points) .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdtrack\fP \fIxyfile\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIgrdfile\fP [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdtrack\fP reads a grdfile and a table (from file or standard input) with (x,y) positions in the first two columns (more columns may be present). It interpolates the grid at the positions in the table and writes out the table with the interpolated values added as a new column. A bicubic [Default] or bilinear [\fB\-Q\fP] interpolation is used, requiring boundary conditions at the limits of the region (see \fB\-L\fP\fIflag\fP option). .TP \fIxyfile\fP This is an ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file where the first 2 columns hold the (x,y) positions where the user wants to sample the 2-D data set. .TP .B \-G \fIgrdfile\fP is a 2-D binary grd file with the function f(x,y). .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-L Boundary condition \fIflag\fP may be \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP or \fIxy\fP indicating data is periodic in range of x or y or both set by \fB\-R\fP, or \fIflag\fP may be \fIg\fP indicating geographical conditions (x and y are lon and lat). [Default uses "natural" conditions (second partial derivative normal to edge is zero).] If no flag is supplied, it is assumed that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segment separator is a record beginning with \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-Q Quick mode. Use bilinear rather than bicubic interpolation. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-S Suppress the output of interpolated points that result in NaN values. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Only write out the sampled z-values [Default writes all columns]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (lon,lat) and (lat,lon) input/output. [Default is (lon,lat)] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH HINTS If an interpolation point is not on a node of the input grid, then a NaN at any node in the neighborhood surrounding the point will yield an interpolated NaN. Bicubic interpolation [default] yields continuous first derivatives but requires a neighborhood of 4 nodes by 4 nodes. Bilinear interpolation [\fB\-Q\fP] uses only a 2 by 2 neighborhood, but yields only zeroth-order continuity. Use bicubic when smoothness is important. Use bilinear to minimize the propagation of NaNs. .SH EXAMPLES To sample the file hawaii_topo.grd along the SEASAT track track_4.xyg (An ASCII table containing longitude, latitude, and SEASAT-derived gravity, preceeded by one header record), try .br .sp grdtrack track_4.xyg \fB\-G\fPhawaii_topo.grd \fB\-H\fP > track_4.xygt .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR surface (l), .IR sample1d (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdtrend.l0100664000213500001460000000611110000130715015313 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDTREND l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdtrend \- Fit and/or remove a polynomial trend in a grd file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdtrend\fP \fIgrdfile\fP \fB\-N\fP\fIn_model\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIdiff.grd\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fItrend.grd\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIweight.grd\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdtrend\fP reads a 2-D gridded file and fits a low-order polynomial trend to these data by [optionally weighted] least-squares. The trend surface is defined by: .sp m1 + m2*x + m3*y + m4*x*y + m5*x*x + m6*y*y + m7*x*x*x + m8*x*x*y + m9*x*y*y + m10*y*y*y. .sp The user must specify \fB\-N\fP\fIn_model\fP, the number of model parameters to use; thus, \fB\-N\fP\fI4\fP fits a bilinear trend, \fB\-N\fP\fI6\fP a quadratic surface, and so on. Optionally, append \fBr\fP to the \fB\-N\fP option to perform a robust fit. In this case, the program will iteratively reweight the data based on a robust scale estimate, in order to converge to a solution insensitive to outliers. This may be handy when separating a "regional" field from a "residual" which should have non-zero mean, such as a local mountain on a regional surface. .sp If data file has values set to NaN, these will be ignored during fitting; if output files are written, these will also have NaN in the same locations. .sp No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP The name of a 2-D binary grd file. .TP .B \-N [\fBr\fP]\fIn_model\fP sets the number of model parameters to fit. Prepend \fBr\fP for robust fit. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-D Write the difference (input data - trend) to the file \fIdiff.grd\fP. .TP .B \-T Write the fitted trend to the file \fItrend.grd\fP. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W If \fIweight.grd\fP exists, it will be read and used to solve a weighted least-squares problem. [Default: Ordinary least-squares fit.] If the robust option has been selected, the weights used in the robust fit will be written to \fIweight.grd\fP. .SH REMARKS The domain of x and y will be shifted and scaled to [-1, 1] and the basis functions are built from Legendre polynomials. These have a numerical advantage in the form of the matrix which must be inverted and allow more accurate solutions. NOTE: The model parameters listed with \fB\-V\fP are Legendre polynomial coefficients; they are not numerically equivalent to the m#s in the equation described above. The description above is to allow the user to match \fB\-N\fP with the order of the polynomial surface. .SH EXAMPLES To remove a planar trend from hawaii_topo.grd and write result in hawaii_residual.grd, try .br .sp \fBgrdtrend\fP hawaii_topo.grd \fB\-N\fP3 \fB\-D\fPhawaii_residual.grd .br .sp To do a robust fit of a bicubic surface to hawaii_topo.grd, writing the result in hawaii_trend.grd and the weights used in hawaii_weight.grd, and reporting the progress, try .br .sp \fBgrdtrend\fP hawaii_topo.grd \fB\-Nr\fP10 \fB\-T\fPhawaii_trend.grd \fB\-W\fPhawaii_weight.grd \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdfft (l), .IR grdfilter (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdvector.l0100664000213500001460000001562610000130715015514 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDVECTOR l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdvector \- Plot vector fields from grdfiles .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdvector\fP \fIcompx.grd\fP \fIcompy.grd\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP\fIparameters\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fBl\fP]\fIscale\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIcontourpen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdvector\fP reads two 2-D gridded files which represents the x- and y-components of a vector field and produces a vector field plot by drawing vectors with orientation and length according to the information in the files. Alternatively, polar coordinate components may be used (r, theta). \fBgrdvector\fP is basically a short-hand for using 2 calls to \fBgrd2xyz\fP and pasting the output through \fBpsxy \-SV\fP. .TP \fIcompx.grd\fP Contains the x-component of the vector field. .TP \fIcompy.grd\fP Contains the y-component of the vector field. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A Means grdfiles have polar (r, theta) components instead of Cartesian (x, y). .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Use \fIcptfile\fP to assign colors based on vector length. .TP .B \-E Center vectors on grid nodes [Default draws from grid node]. .TP .B \-G Sets color or shade for vector interiors [Default is no fill]. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-I Only plot vectors at nodes every \fIx_inc, y_inc\fP apart (must be multiples of original grid spacing). Append \fBm\fP for minutes or \fBc\fP for seconds. [Default plots every node]. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-N Do NOT clip vectors at map boundaries [Default will clip]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-Q Select vector plot [Default is stick-plot]. Optionally, specify \fIparameters\fP which are \fIarrowwidth/headlength/headwidth\fP [Default is 0.075\fBc\fP/0.3\fBc\fP/0.25\fBc\fP (or 0.03\fBi\fP/0.12\fBi\fP/0.1\fBi\fP)]. Append n\fIsize\fP which will cause vectors shorter than \fIsize\fP to have their appearence scaled by length/\fIsize\fP. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. Specify a subset of the grid. .TP .B \-S Sets scale for vector length in data units per distance measurement unit [1]. Append c, i, m, p to indicate the measurement unit (cm, inch, m, point). Prepend \fBl\fP to indicate a fixed length for all vectors. .TP .B \-T Means azimuth should be converted to angles based on the selected map projection. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Set pen attributes used for vector outlines [Default: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z Means the angles provided are azimuths rather than direction (requires \fB\-A\fP). .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To draw the vector field given by the files r.grd and theta.grd on a linear plot with scale 5 cm per data unit, using vector rather than stick plot, and scale vector magnitudes so that 10 units equal 1 inch, try .br .sp grdvector r.grd theta.grd \fB\-Jx\fP5\fBc\fP \fB\-Q\fP \fB\-S\fP10\fBi\fP > gradient.ps .br .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdcontour (l), .IR psxy (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdview.l0100664000213500001460000002455210000130715015162 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDVIEW l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdview \- Create 3-D perspective grayshaded/colored image or mesh from a 2-D grd file .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdview\fP \fIrelief_file\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [\fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIview_az/view_el\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIdrapefile\fP] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIintensfile\fP] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fIflags\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIlevel\fP[/\fIr/g/b\fP]] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP\fItype\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north/zmin/zmax\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsmooth\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP[\fBs\fP] ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fItype/pen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdview\fP reads a 2-D gridded file and produces a 3-D perspective plot by drawing a mesh, painting a colored/grayshaded surface made up of polygons, or by scanline conversion of these polygons to a rasterimage. Options include draping a data set on top of a surface, plotting of contours on top of the surface, and apply artificial illumination based on intensities provided in a separate grd file. .TP \fIrelief_file\fP 2-D gridded data set to be imaged (the relief of the surface). .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-Jz Sets the vertical scaling (for 3-D maps). Same syntax as \fB\-Jx\fP. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C name of the color palette file. Must be present if you want (1) mesh plot with contours (\fB\-Qm\fP), or (2) shaded/colored perspective image (\fB\-Qs\fP or \fB\-Qi\fP). For \fB\-Qs\fP: You can specify that you want to skip a z-slice by setting red = -; to use a pattern give red = \fBP|p\fP\fIdpi/pattern\fP[:\fBF\fP\fIr/g/b\fP[\fBB\fP\fIr/g/b\fP]]. .TP .B \-E Sets the view point by specifying azimuth and elevation in degrees. [Default is 180/90] .TP .B \-G Drape the image in \fIdrapefile\fP on top of the relief provided by \fIrelief_file\fP. [Default is \fIrelief_file\fP]. Note that \fB\-Jz\fP and \fB\-N\fP always refers to the \fIrelief_file\fP. The \fIdrapefile\fP only provides the information pertaining to colors. .TP .B \-I Gives the name of a grdfile with intensities in the (-1,+1) range. [Default is no illumination]. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Boundary condition \fIflags\fP may be \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP or \fIxy\fP indicating data is periodic in range of x or y or both, or \fIflags\fP may be \fIg\fP indicating geographical conditions (x and y are lon and lat). [Default uses "natural" conditions (second partial derivative normal to edge is zero).] If no \fIflags\fP are set, use bilinear rather than the default bicubic resampling when draping is required. .TP .B \-N Draws a plane at this z-level. If the optional r/g/b is provided, the frontal facade between the plane and the data perimeter is colored. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. This option may be used to indicate the range used for the 3-D axes [Default is region given by the \fIrelief_file\fP]. You may ask for a larger \fIw/e/s/n\fP region to have more room between the image and the axes. A smaller region than specified in the \fIrelief_file\fP will result in a subset of the grid. .TP .B \-Q Select one of three settings: 1. Specify \fBm\fP for mesh plot [Default], and optionally append /r/g/b for a different mesh paint [white]. 2. Specify \fBs\fP for surface plot, and optionally append \fBm\fP to have mesh lines drawn on top of surface. 3. Specify \fBi\fP for image plot, and optionally append the effective dpi resolution for the rasterization [100]. For any of these choices, you may force a monochrome image by appending \fBg\fP. Colors are then converted to shades of gray using the (television) YIQ transformation. .TP .B \-S Smooth the contours before plotting (see \fBgrdcontour\fP) [Default is no smoothing] .TP .B \-T Plot image without any interpolation. This involves converting each node-centered bin into a polygon which is then painted separately. Append \fBs\fP to skip nodes with z = NaN. This option is useful for categorical data where interpolating between values is meaningless. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Wc Draw contour lines on top of surface or mesh (not image). Append pen attributes used for the contours. [Default: width = 3, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. .TP .B \-Wm Sets the pen attributes used for the mesh. [Default: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. You must also select \fB\-Qm\fP or \fB\-Qsm\fP for meshlines to be drawn. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z Sets the z-level of the basemap [0]. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To make a mesh plot from the file hawaii_grav.grd and drawing the contours given in the color palette file hawaii.cpt on a Lambert map at 1.5 cm/degree along the standard parallels 18 and 24, with vertical scale 20 mgal/cm, and looking at the surface from SW at 30 degree elevation, try .br .sp grdview hawaii_grav.grd \fB\-Jl\fP18/24/1.5\fBc\fP \fB\-C\fPhawaii.cpt \fB\-Jz\fP0.05\fBc\fP \fB\-Qm \-N\fP-100 \fB\-E\fP225/30 \fB\-Wc\fP > hawaii_grav_image.ps .br .sp To create a illuminated color perspective plot of the gridded data set image.grd, using the color palette file color.rgb, with linear scaling at 10 cm/x-unit and tickmarks every 5 units, with intensities provided by the file intens.grd, and looking from the SE, try .br .sp grdview image.grd \fB\-Jx\fP10.0\fBc\fP \fB\-C\fPcolor.rgb \fB\-Qs \-E\fP135/30 \fB\-I\fPintens.grd > image3D.ps .br .sp To make the same plot using the rastering option with dpi = 50, try .br .sp grdview image.grd \fB\-Jx\fP10.0\fBc\fP \fB\-C\fPcolor.rgb \fB\-Qi\fP50 \fB\-E\fP135/30 \fB\-I\fPintens.grd > image3D.ps .br .sp To create a color \fIPostScript\fP perspective plot of the gridded data set magnetics.grd, using the color palette file mag_intens.cpt, draped over the relief given by the file topography.grd, with Mercator map width of 6 inch and tickmarks every 1 degree, with intensities provided by the file topo_intens.grd, and looking from the SE, try .br .sp grdview topography.grd \fB\-JM\fP6\fBi\fP \fB\-G\fPmagnetics.grd \fB\-C\fPmag_intens.cpt \fB\-Qs \-E\fP140/30 \fB\-I\fPtopo_intens.grd > draped3D.ps .SH BUGS For the \fB\-Qs\fP option: \fIPostScript\fP provides no way of smoothly varying colors within a polygon, so colors can only vary from polygon to polygon. To obtain smooth images this way you may resample the grdfile(s) using \fBgrdsample\fP or use a finer grid size when running gridding programs like \fBsurface\fP or \fBnearneighbor\fP. Unfortunately, this produces huge \fIPostScript\fP files. The alternative is to use the \fB\-Qi\fP option, which computes bilinear or bicubic continuous color variations within polygons by using scanline conversion to image the polygons. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdcontour (l), .IR grdimage (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR pscontour (l), .IR pstext (l), .IR surface (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/grdvolume.l0100664000213500001460000000612210000130715015510 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH GRDVOLUME l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME grdvolume \- Calculating volume under a surface within a contour .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrdvolume\fP \fIgrdfile\fP [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcval\fP or \fB\-C\fP\fIlow/high/delta\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIbase\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fBk\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP[\fBl\fP] ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIfact\fP[/\fIdelta\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBgrdvolume\fP reads a 2-D binary grd file and calculates the volume contained between the surface and the plane specified by the given contour (or zero if not given). Alternatively, specify a range of contours to be tried and \fBgrdvolume\fP will determine the volume and area inside the contour for all contour values. The contour that produced the maximum mean height (volume/area) is reported as well. This feature may be used with \fBgrdfilter\fP in designing an Optimal Robust Separator [\fIWessel\fP, 1998]. .TP \fIgrdfile\fP The name of the input 2-D binary grd file. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-C find area and volume inside the \fIcval\fP contour. Alternatively, search using all contours from \fIlow\fP to \fIhigh\fP in steps of \fIdelta\fP. [Default returns entire area and volume of grid]. The area is measured in the plane of the countour. .TP .B \-L Also add in the volume from the level of the contour down to \fIbase\fP [Default base is contour]. .TP .B \-S Convert degrees to meters, append \fBk\fP for km [Default is Cartesian]. .TP .B \-T Use curvature minimum rather than maximum height to find best contour value (when contour search is selected with \fB\-C\fP). .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. Append \fBl\fP to see all the results for each contour level tested (when contour search has been selected). .TP .B \-Z Optionally subtract \fIshift\fP before scaling data by \fIfact\fP. [Default is no scaling]. (Numbers in \fB\-C, -L\fP refer to values after this scaling has occurred). .SH EXAMPLES To determine the volume in km^3 under the surface hawaii_topo.grd (height in km), try .br .sp grdvolume hawaii_topo.grd \fB\-Sk\fP .br .sp To find the volume between the surface peaks.grd and the contour z = 250, use .br .sp grdvolume peaks.grd \fB\-Sk\fP \fB\-C\fP250 .br .sp To search for the contour, between 100 and 300 in steps of 10, that maximizes the ratio of volume to surface area for the file peaks.grd, use .br .sp grdvolume peaks.grd \fB\-Sk\fP \fB\-C\fP100/300/10 > results.d .br .sp To see the areas and volumes for all the countours in the previous example, try .br .sp grdvolume peaks.grd \fB\-Sk \-Vl\fP \fB\-C\fP100/300/10 > results.d .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdfilter (l) .SH REFERENCES Wessel, P., 1998, An empirical method for optimal robust regional-residual separation of geophysical data, \fIMath. Geol., 30(4)\fP, 391\-408. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/makecpt.l0100664000213500001460000000411510000130715015130 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH MAKECPT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME makecpt \- Make GMT color palette tables .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmakecpt\fP [ \fB\-C\fP\fItable\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIz0/z1/dz\fP | \fB\-T\fP\fIztable\fP] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBmakecpt\fP is a utility that will help you make color palette tables (cpt files). You define an equidistant set of contour intervals or pass your own z-table, and create a new cpt file based on an existing master cpt file. The resulting cpt file can be reversed relative to the master cpt, and can be made continuous or discrete. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-C Selects the master color table \fItable\fP to use in the interpolation. Choose among the built-in tables (type \fBmakecpt\fP to see the list) or give the name of an existing cptfile [Default gives a rainbow cpt file]. .TP .B \-I Reverses the sense of color progression in the master cptfile. .TP .B \-T Defines the range of the new cptfile by giving the lowest and highest z-value and the interval. Alternatively, give the name of a ASCII file that has one z-value per record. If not given, the existing range in the master cptfile will be used intact. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Creates a continuous cpt file [Default is discontinuous, i.e. constant colors for each interval]. .SH EXAMPLES To make a cpt file with z-values from -200 to 200, with discrete color changes every 25, and using a polar blue-white-red colortable, try .br .sp makecpt \fB\-C\fP\fIpolar\fP \fB\-T\fP-200/200/25 > colors.cpt .br .sp To make an equidistant cpt file from z = -2 to 6, in steps of 1, using continuous default rainbow colors, try .br .sp makecpt \fB\-T\fP-2/6/1 \fB\-Z\fP > rainbow.cpt .br .sp To make a GEBCO look-alike cpt file for bathymetry, try .br .sp makecpt \fB\-C\fPgebco > my_gebco.cpt .SH BUGS Since \fBmakecpt\fP will also interpolate from any existing .cpt file you may have in your directory, you cannot use one of the listed cpt names as an output filename; hence the my_gebco.cpt in the example. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grd2cpt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/mapproject.l0100664000213500001460000003603610000130715015657 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH MAPPROJECT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME mapproject \- Forward and Inverse map transformation of 2-D coordinates .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmapproject\fP \fIinfiles\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-Dc|i|m|p\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP[\fBk|m|n|i|c|p\fP] ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBmapproject\fP reads (longitude, latitude) positions from \fIinfiles\fP [or standard input] and computes (x,y) coordinates using the specified map projection and scales. Optionally, it can read (x,y) positions and compute (longitude, latitude) values doing the inverse transformation. This can be used to transform linear (x,y) points obtained by digitizing a map of known projection to geographical coordinates. Additional data fields are permitted after the first 2 columns which must have (longitude,latitude) or (x,y). See option \fB\-:\fP on how to read (latitude,longitude) files. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP \fIinfiles\fP Data file(s) to be transformed. If not given, standard input is read. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. The following character determines the projection. If the character is upper case then the argument(s) supplied as scale(s) is interpreted to be the map width (or axis lengths), else the scale argument(s) is the map scale (see its definition for each projection). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending c, i, or m to the scale/width values. Choose one of the following projections (The \fBE\fP or \fBC\fP after projection names stands for Equal-Area and Conformal, respectively): .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JC\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Cassini). .br Give projection center and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JJ\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Miller Cylindrical Projection). .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIparameters\fP (Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP or \fB\-JM\fP\fIwidth\fP .br Give scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JM\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP .br Give central meridian, standard latitude and scale along parallel (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jo\fP\fIparameters\fP (Oblique Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP or \fB\-JOa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/width\fP .br Set projection center, azimuth of oblique equator, and scale. .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP or \fB\-JOb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP .br Set projection center, another point on the oblique equator, and scale. .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP or \fB\-JOc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP .br Set projection center, pole of oblique projection, and scale. .br Give scale along oblique equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JQ\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)). .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIparameters\fP (Transverse Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JT\fP\fIlon0/width\fP .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JT\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP .br Give projection center and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP or \fB\-JU\fP\fIzone/width\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator \fB[C]\fP). .br Give the zone number (1-60) and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br zones: prepend - or + to enforce southern or northern hemisphere conventions [northern if south > 0]. .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP or \fB\-JY\fP\fIlon0/lats/width\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projections \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian, standard parallel, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br The standard parallel is typically one of these (but can be any value): .br 45 - The Peters projection .br 37.4 - The Trystan Edwards projection .br 30 - The Behrman projection .br 0 - The Lambert projection .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JA\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Lambert \fB[E]\fP). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JE\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Equidistant). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP or \fB\-JF\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/width\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br \fIhorizon\fP specifies the max distance from projection center (in degrees, < 90). .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JG\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Orthographic). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JS\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (General Stereographic \fB[C]\fP). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx (true at pole) or \fIslat\fP/1:xxxx (true at standard parallel \fIslat\fP) .br or \fIradius/lat\fP (\fIradius\fP in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP). .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JB\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Albers \fB[E]\fP). .br Give projection center, two standard parallels, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JD\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Equidistant) .br Give projection center, two standard parallels, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JL\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Lambert \fB[C]\fP) .br Give origin, 2 standard parallels, and scale along these (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JH\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Hammer \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JI\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Sinusoidal \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JK\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/width\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s) \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JN\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Robinson). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP \fB\-JR\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Winkel Tripel). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JV\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Van der Grinten). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JW\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Mollweide \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] or \fB\-JP\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIwidth\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (Linear projection for polar (theta,r) coordinates, optionally insert \fBa\fP after \fB\-Jp\fP [ or \fB\-JP\fP] for azimuths CW from North instead of directions CCW from East [default], optionally append /\fIorigin\fP in degrees to indicate an angular offset [0]). .br Give scale in UNIT/r-unit. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fI/y-scale\fP] or \fB\-JX\fP\fIwidth\fP[\fI/height\fP] .br \fIscale\fP [or \fIwidth\fP] can be any of the following 3 types: .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP - Regular linear scaling. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP\fBl\fP - Take log10 of values before scaling. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP\fBp\fP\fIpower\fP - Raise values to \fIpower\fP before scaling. .br Give \fIx-scale\fP in UNIT/x-unit and \fIy-scale\fP in UNIT/y-unit. (\fIy-scale\fP = \fIx-scale\fP if not specified separately). Use negative scale(s) to reverse the direction of an axis (e.g., to have y be positive down). .br .sp Append a single \fBd\fP if data are geographical coordinates in degrees. Default axes lengths (see gmtdefaults) can be invoked using \fB\-JXh\fP (for landscape); \fB\-JXv\fP (for portrait) will swap the x- and y-axes lengths. The \fBGMT\fP default unit for this installation is UNIT. However, you may change this by editing your .gmtdefaults file(s) (run gmtdefaults to create one if you don't have it).' .br The ellipsoid used in the map projections is user-definable by editing the .gmtdefaults file in your home directory. 13 commonly used ellipsoids and a spheroid are currently supported, and users may also specify their own ellipsoid parameters (see man gmtdefaults for more details). \fBGMT\fP default is WGS-84. Several GMT parameters can affect the projection: ELLIPSOID, INTERPOLANT, MAP_SCALE_FACTOR, and MEASURE_UNIT; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP \fIinfile(s)\fP input file(s) with 2 or more columns. If no file(s) is given, mapproject will read standard input. .TP .B \-C Set center of projected coordinates to be at map projection center [Default is lower left corner]. .TP .B \-D Temporarily override MEASURE_UNIT and use \fBc\fP (cm), \fBi\fP (inch), \fBm\fP (meter), or \fBp\fP (points) instead. Cannot be used with \fB\-F\fP. .TP .B \-F Force 1:1 scaling, i.e., output (or input, see \fB\-I\fP) data are in actual projected meters. To specify other units, append \fBk\fP (km), \fBm\fP (mile),\fBn\fP (nautical mile), \fBi\fP (inch), \fBc\fP (cm), or \fBp\fP (points). Without \fB\-F\fP, the output (or input, see \fB\-I\fP) are in the units specified by MEASURE_UNIT (but see \fB\-D\fP). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Do the Inverse transformation, i.e. get (longitude,latitude) from (x,y) data. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file(s). Segments are separated by a special record. For ASCII files the first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. For binary files all fields must be NaN. .TP .B \-S Suppress points that fall outside the region. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns] .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To transform a file with (longitude,latitude) into (x,y) positions in cm on a Mercator grid for a given scale of 0.5 cm per degree, run .br .sp mapproject lonlatfile \fB\-R\fP20/50/12/25 \fB\-Jm\fP0.5\fBc\fP > xyfile .br .sp To transform several 2-column, binary, double precision files with (latitude,longitude) into (x,y) positions in inch on a Transverse Mercator grid (central longitude 75W) for scale = 1:500000 and suppress those points that would fall outside the map area, run .br .sp mapproject tracks.* \fB\-R\fP-80/-70/20/40 \fB\-Jt\fP-75/1:500000 \fB\-:\fP \fB\-S \-Di \-bo \-bi\fP\fI2\fP > tmfile.b .br .SH RESTRICTIONS The rectangular input region set with \fB\-R\fP will in general be mapped into a non-rectangular grid. Unless \fB\-C\fP is set, the leftmost point on this grid has xvalue = 0.0, and the lowermost point will have yvalue = 0.0. Thus, before you digitize a map, run the extreme map coordinates through \fBmapproject\fP using the appropriate scale and see what (x,y) values they are mapped onto. Use these values when setting up for digitizing in order to have the inverse transformation work correctly, or alternatively, use \fIawk\fP to scale and shift the (x,y) values before transforming. .SH ELLIPSOIDS AND SPHEROIDS GMT will use ellipsoidal formulae if they are implemented and the user have selected an ellipsoid as the reference shape (see gmtdefaults). The user needs to be aware of a few potential pitfalls: (1) For some projections, such as Transverse Mercator, Albers, and Lamberts conformal conic we use the ellipsoidal expressions when the areas mapped are small, and switch to the spherical expressions (and substituting the appropriate auxillary latitudes) for larger maps. The ellipsoidal formulae are used are follows: (a) Transverse Mercator: When all points are within 10 degrees of central meridian, (b) Conic projections when longitudinal range is less than 90 degrees, (c) Cassini projection when all points are within 4 degrees of central meridian. (2) When you are trying to match some historical data (e.g., coordinates obtained with a certain projection and a certain reference ellipsoid) you may find that GMT gives results that are slightly different. One likely source of this mismatch is that older calculations often used less significant digits. For instance, Snyder's examples often use the Clarke 1866 ellipsoid (defined by him as' having a flattening f = 1/294.98). From f we get the eccentricity squared to be 0.00676862818 (this is what GMT uses), while Snyder rounds off and uses 0.00676866. This difference can give discrepancies of several 10 of cm. If you need to reproduce coordinates projected with this slightly different eccentricity, you should specify your own ellipsoid with the same parameters as Clarke 1866, but with f = 1/294.97861076. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR project (l) .SH REFERENCES Snyder, J. P., 1987, Map Projections \- A Working Manual, U.S. Geological Survey Prof. Paper 1395. .br GMT3.4.4/man/manl/minmax.l0100664000213500001460000000533010000130715014775 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH MINMAX l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME minmax \- Find extreme values in data tables .SH SYNOPSIS \fBminmax\fP [ \fIfiles\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIdx\fP[/\fIdy\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBminmax\fP reads its standard input [or from files] and finds the extreme values in each of the columns. It recognizes NaNs and will print warnings if the number of columns vary from record to record. As an option, \fBminmax\fP will find the extent of the first two columns rounded up and down to the nearest multiple of dx/dy. This output will be in the form \fB\-R\fP\fIw/e/s/n\fP which can be used directly in the command line for other programs, or simply in column form. .TP \fIxyzfile\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file(s) holding a fixed number of data columns. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-C Report the min/max values per column in separate columns [Default uses format] .TP .B \-D Sets longitude discontinuity to the Dateline (-180/+180) [Default is Greenwich (0-360)]. Requires \fB\-L\fP. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Report the min/max of the first two columns to the nearest multiple of dx and dy, and output this in the form -Rw/e/s/n (unless \fB\-C\fP is set). .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may be periodic in 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file(s). Segments are separated by a special record. For ASCII files the first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. For binary files all fields must be NaN. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. Only works when \fB\-I\fP is selected. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To find the extreme values in the file ship_gravity.xygd, try .br .sp minmax ship_gravity.xygd .br .sp Output should look like .br .sp ship_gravity.xygd: N = 6992 <326.125/334.684> <-28.0711/-8.6837> <-47.7/177.6> <0.6/3544.9> .br .sp To find the extreme values in the file track.xy to the nearest 5 units and use this region to draw a line using psxy, try .br .sp psxy `minmax \fB\-I\fP5 track.xy` track.xy \fB\-Jx\fP1 \fB\-B\fP5 \fB\-P\fP > track.ps .br .sp To find the min and max values for each column, but rounded to integers, try .br .sp minmax junkfile \fB\-C \-I\fP1 .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/nearneighbor.l0100664000213500001460000001116210000130715016147 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH NEARNEIGHBOR l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME nearneighbor \- A "Nearest neighbor" gridding algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS \fBnearneighbor\fP [ \fIxyzfile(s)\fP ] \fB\-G\fP\fIout_grdfile\fP \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-N\fP\fIsectors\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] \fB\-S\fP\fIsearch_radius\fP[\fBm|c|k|K\fP] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIempty\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBnearneighbor\fP reads arbitrarily located (x,y,z[,w]) triples [quadruplets] from standard input [or \fIxyzfile(s)\fP] and uses a nearest neighbor algorithm to assign an average value to each node that have one or more points within a radius centered on the node. The average value is computed as a weighted mean of the nearest point from each sector inside the search radius. The weighting function used is w(r) = 1.0 / (1 + d ^ 2), where d = 3 * r / search_radius and r is distance from the node. This weight is modulated by the observation points' weights [if supplied].' .TP \fIxyzfile(s)\fP 3 [or 4, see \fB\-W\fP] column ASCII file(s) [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z[,w]) data values. If no file is specified, \fBnearneighbor\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-G Give the name of the output grdfile. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-N The circular area centered on each node is divided into several sectors. Average values will only be computed if there is at least one value inside each of the sectors for a given node. Nodes that fail this test are assigned the value NaN (but see \fB\-E\fP). [Default is quadrant search, i.e., \fIsectors\fP = 4]. Note that only the nearest value per sector enters into the averaging, not all values inside the circle. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-S Sets the \fIsearch_radius\fP in same units as the grid spacing; append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. Append \fBk\fP to indicated km (implies \fB\-R \-I\fP are in degrees); use uppercase \fBK\fP if distances should be calculated using great circles [\fBk\fP uses flat Earth]. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-E Set the value assigned to empty nodes [NaN]. .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration. [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Boundary condition \fIflag\fP may be \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP or \fIxy\fP indicating data is periodic in range of x or y or both set by \fB\-R\fP, or \fIflag\fP may be \fIg\fP indicating geographical conditions (x and y are lon and lat). [Default is no boundary conditions]. If no flag is given, it is assumed that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-W Input data have a 4th column containing observation point weights. These are multiplied with the geometrical weight factor to determine the actual weights used in the calculations. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 (or 4 if \fB\-W\fP is set) columns]. .SH EXAMPLES .sp To create a gridded data set from the file seaMARCII_bathy.lon_lat_z using a 0.5 min grid, a 5 km search radius, using an octant search, and set empty nodes to -9999, try .sp nearneighbor seaMARCII_bathy.lon_lat_z \fB\-R\fP242/244/-22/-20 \fB\-I\fP.5\fBm \-E\fP-9999 \fB\-G\fPbathymetry.grd \fB\-S\fP5k \fB\-N\fP8 .br .sp To make a global gridded file from the data in geoid.xyz using a 1 degree grid, a 200 km search radius, spherical distances, using an quadrant search, and set empty nodes to NaN, try .sp nearneighbor geoid.xyz \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-I\fP1 \fB\-L\fPg \fB\-G\fPgeoid.grd \fB\-S\fP20K \fB\-N\fP4 .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR blockmean (l), .IR blockmedian (l), .IR blockmode (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR surface (l), .IR triangulate (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/project.l0100664000213500001460000002321510000130715015154 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PROJECT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME project \- project data along a line or great circle, generate a profile track, or translate coordinates. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBproject\fP [ \fIinfile\fP ] \fB\-F\fP\fIflags\fP \fB\-C\fP\fIcx/cy\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIazimuth\fP ] [ \fB\-Dd|g\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIbx/by\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIdist\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fBw\fP][\fIl_min/l_max\fP] ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIpx/py\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIw_min/w_max\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBproject\fP reads arbitrary (\fIx, y\fP[,\fI z\fP]) data from standard input [or \fIinfile\fP ] and writes to standard output any combination of (\fIx, y, z, p, q, r, s\fP), where (\fIp, q\fP) are the coordinates in the projection, (\fIr, s\fP) is the position in the (\fIx, y\fP) coordinate system of the point on the profile (\fIq\fP = 0 path) closest to (\fIx, y\fP), and \fIz\fP is all remaining columns in the input (beyond the required \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP columns). Alternatively, \fBproject\fP may be used to generate (\fIr, s, p\fP) triples at equal increments \fIdist\fP along a profile. In this case ( \fB\-G\fP option), no input is read. Projections are defined in any (but only) one of three ways: (Definition 1) By a Center \fB\-C\fP and an Azimuth \fB\-A\fP in degrees clockwise from North. (Definition 2) By a Center \fB\-C\fP and end point E of the projection path \fB\-E\fP. (Definition 3) By a Center \fB\-C\fP and a roTation pole position \fB\-T\fP. To spherically project data along a great circle path, an oblique coordinate system is created which has its equator along that path, and the zero meridian through the Center. Then the oblique longitude (\fIp\fP) corresponds to the distance from the Center along the great circle, and the oblique latitude (\fIq\fP) corresponds to the distance perpendicular to the great circle path. When moving in the increasing (\fIp\fP) direction, (toward \fIB\fP or in the \fIazimuth\fP direction), the positive (\fIq\fP) direction is to your left. If a Pole has been specified, then the positive (\fIq\fP) direction is toward the pole. To specify an oblique projection, use the \fB\-T\fP option to set the Pole. Then the equator of the projection is already determined and the \fB\-C\fP option is used to locate the \fIp\fP = 0 meridian. The Center \fIcx/cy\fP will be taken as a point through which the \fIp\fP = 0 meridian passes. If you do not care to choose a particular point, use the South pole (\fIox\fP = 0, \fIoy\fP = -90). Data can be selectively windowed by using the \fB\-L\fP and \fB\-W\fP options. If \fB\-W\fP is used, the projection Width is set to use only points with \fIw_min\fP < q < \fIw_max\fP. If \fB\-L\fP is set, then the Length is set to use only those points with \fIl_min\fP < p < \fIl_max\fP. If the \fB\-E\fP option has been used to define the projection, then \fB\-Lw\fP may be selected to window the length of the projection to exactly the span from \fBO\fP to \fBB\fP. Flat earth (cartesian) coordinate transformations can also be made. Set \fB\-N\fP and remember that \fIazimuth\fP is clockwise from North (the \fIy\fP axis), NOT the usual cartesian theta, which is counterclockwise from the \fIx\fP axis. \fIazimuth\fP = 90 - theta. No assumptions are made regarding the units for \fIx, y, r, s, p, q, dist, l_min, l_max, w_min, w_max\fP. If \fB\-Q\fP is selected, map units are assumed and \fIx, y, r, s\fP must be in degrees and \fIp, q, dist, l_min, l_max, w_min, w_max\fP will be in km. \fBproject\fP is CASE SENSITIVE. Use UPPER CASE for all one-letter designators which begin optional arguments. Use lower case for the xyzpqrs letters in \fB\-flags\fP. .br .sp .TP .B \-C \fIcx/cy\fP sets the origin of the projection, in Definition 1 or 2. If Definition 3 is used (\fB\-T\fP), then \fIcx/cy\fP are the coordinates of a point through which the oblique zero meridian (\fIp\fP = 0) should pass. .SH OPTIONS .TP \fIinfile\fP name of ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-bi\fP) file(s) with 2 or more columns holding (x,y,[z]) data values. If no filenames are given, project will read from standard input. If the \fB\-G\fP option is selected, no input data are read. .TP .B \-F Specify your desired output using any combination of \fIxyzpqrs\fP, in any order. Do not space between the letters. Use lower case. The output will be ASCII (or binary) columns of values corresponding to \fIxyzpqrs\fP. If both input and output are using ASCII format then the \fIz\fP data are treated as textstring(s). If the \fB\-G\fP option is selected, the output will be \fIrsp\fP. .TP .B \-A \fIazimuth\fP defines the azimuth of the projection (Definition 1). .TP .B \-D Set the location of the Discontinuity in longitude (\fIr\fP coordinate). \fB\-Dd\fP will place the discontinuity at the Dateline, (-180 < \fIr\fP < 180); \fB\-Dg\fP will place it at Greenwich, (0 < \fIr\fP < 360). Default usually falls at dateline due to \fIatan2\fP calls. .TP .B \-E \fIbx/by\fP defines the end point of the projection path (Definition 2). .TP .B \-G \fIdist\fP Generate mode. No input is read. Create (\fIr, s, p\fP) output points every \fIdist\fP units of \fIp\fP. See \fB\-Q\fP option. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-L Length controls. Project only those points whose \fIp\fP coordinate is within \fIl_min\fP < \fIp\fP < \fIl_max\fP. If \fB\-E\fP has been set, then you may use \fB\-Lw\fP to stay within the distance from \fBC\fP to \fBE\fP. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file(s). Segments are separated by a special record. For ASCII files the first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. For binary files all fields must be NaN. .TP .B \-N Flat earth. Make a cartesian coordinate transformation in the plane. [Default uses spherical trigonometry.] .TP .B \-Q Map type units, i.e., project assumes \fIx, y, r, s\fP are in degrees while \fIp, q, dist, l_min, l_max, w_min, w_max\fP are in km. If \fB\-Q\fP is not set, then all these are assumed in same units. .TP .B \-S Sort the output into increasing \fIp\fP order. Useful when projecting random data into a sequential profile. .TP .B \-T \fIpx/py\fP sets the position of the roTation pole of the projection. (Definition 3). .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Width controls. Project only those points whose \fIq\fP coordinate is within \fIw_min\fP < \fIq\fP < \fIw_max\fP. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To generate points every 10km along a great circle from 10N,50W to 30N,10W, try: .sp \fBproject\fP \fB\-C\fP-50/10 \fB\-E\fP-10/30 \fB\-G\fP10 \fB\-Q\fP > great_circle_points.xyp .sp (Note that great_circle_points.xyp could now be used as input for \fBgrdtrack\fP, etc. ). .sp To project the shiptrack gravity, magnetics, and bathymetry in c2610.xygmb along a great circle through an origin at 30S, 30W, the great circle having an azimuth of N20W at the origin, keeping only the data from NE of the profile and within +/- 500 km of the origin, try: .sp \fBproject\fP c2610.xygmb \fB\-C\fP-30/-30 \fB\-A\fP-20 \fB\-W\fP-10000/0 \fB\-L\fP-500/500 \fB\-F\fPpz \fB\-Q\fP > c2610_projected.pgmb .sp (Note in this example that \fB\-W\fP-10000/0 is used to admit any value with a large negative \fIq\fP coordinate. This will take those points which are on our right as we walk along the great circle path, or to the NE in this example.) .sp To make a cartesian coordinate transformation of mydata.xy so that the new origin is at 5,3 and the new \fIx\fP axis (\fIp\fP) makes an angle of 20 degrees with the old \fIx\fP axis, try: .sp \fBproject\fP mydata.xy \fB\-C\fP5/3 \fB\-A\fP70 \fB\-F\fPpq > mydata.pq .sp To take data in the file pacific.lonlat and transform it into oblique coordinates using a pole from the hotspot reference frame and placing the oblique zero meridian (\fIp\fP = 0 line) through Tahiti, try: .sp \fBproject\fP pacific.lonlat \fB\-T\fP-75/68 \fB\-C\fP-149:26/-17:37 \fB\-F\fPpq > pacific.pq .sp Suppose that pacific_topo.grd is a grdfile of bathymetry, and you want to make a file of flowlines in the hotspot reference frame. If you try: .sp \fBgrd2xyz\fP pacific_topo.grd | \fBproject\fP \fB\-T\fP-75/68 \fB\-C\fP0/-90 \fB\-F\fPxyq | \fBxyz2grd\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIetc\fP \fB\-I\fP\fIetc\fP \fB\-C\fPflow.grd .sp then flow.grd is a file in the same area as pacific_topo.grd, but flow contains the latitudes about the pole of the projection. You now can use grdcontour on flow.grd to draw lines of constant oblique latitude, which are flow lines in the hotspot frame. .br .sp If you have an arbitrarily rotation pole \fIpx/py\fP and you would like to draw an oblique small circle on a map, you will first need to make a file with the oblique coordinates for the small circle (i.e., lon = 0\-360, lat is constant), then create a file with two records: the north pole (0/90) and the origin (0/0), and find what their oblique coordinates are using your rotation pole. Now, use the projected North pole and origin coordinates as the rotation pole and center, respectively, and project your file as in the pacific example above. This gives coordinates for an oblique small circle. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR fitcircle (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR mapproject (l), .IR grdproject (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psbasemap.l0100664000213500001460000005271610000130715015471 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSBASEMAP l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psbasemap \- To plot \fIPostScript\fP basemaps .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsbasemap\fP \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fBf\fP][\fBx\fP]\fIlon0/lat0/slat/length\fP[\fBm|n|k\fP] ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIy-level\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsbasemap\fP creates PostScript code that will produce a basemap. Several map projections are available, and the user may specify separate tickmark intervals for boundary annotation, ticking, and [optionally] gridlines. A simple map scale may also be plotted. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. The following character determines the projection. If the character is upper case then the argument(s) supplied as scale(s) is interpreted to be the map width (or axis lengths), else the scale argument(s) is the map scale (see its definition for each projection). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending c, i, or m to the scale/width values. Choose one of the following projections (The \fBE\fP or \fBC\fP after projection names stands for Equal-Area and Conformal, respectively): .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JC\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Cassini). .br Give projection center and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JJ\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Miller Cylindrical Projection). .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIparameters\fP (Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP or \fB\-JM\fP\fIwidth\fP .br Give scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JM\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP .br Give central meridian, standard latitude and scale along parallel (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jo\fP\fIparameters\fP (Oblique Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP or \fB\-JOa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/width\fP .br Set projection center, azimuth of oblique equator, and scale. .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP or \fB\-JOb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP .br Set projection center, another point on the oblique equator, and scale. .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP or \fB\-JOc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP .br Set projection center, pole of oblique projection, and scale. .br Give scale along oblique equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JQ\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)). .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIparameters\fP (Transverse Mercator \fB[C]\fP). Specify one of: .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JT\fP\fIlon0/width\fP .br Give the central meridian and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JT\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP .br Give projection center and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP or \fB\-JU\fP\fIzone/width\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator \fB[C]\fP). .br Give the zone number (1-60) and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br zones: prepend - or + to enforce southern or northern hemisphere conventions [northern if south > 0]. .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP or \fB\-JY\fP\fIlon0/lats/width\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projections \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian, standard parallel, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br The standard parallel is typically one of these (but can be any value): .br 45 - The Peters projection .br 37.4 - The Trystan Edwards projection .br 30 - The Behrman projection .br 0 - The Lambert projection .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JA\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Lambert \fB[E]\fP). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JE\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Equidistant). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP or \fB\-JF\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/width\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br \fIhorizon\fP specifies the max distance from projection center (in degrees, < 90). .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JG\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (Orthographic). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx or \fIradius/lat\fP, where \fIradius\fP is distance .br in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP. .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP or \fB\-JS\fP\fIlon0/lat0/width\fP (General Stereographic \fB[C]\fP). .br \fIlon0/lat0\fP specifies the projection center. .br Give scale as 1:xxxx (true at pole) or \fIslat\fP/1:xxxx (true at standard parallel \fIslat\fP) .br or \fIradius/lat\fP (\fIradius\fP in UNIT from origin to the oblique latitude \fIlat\fP). .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JB\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Albers \fB[E]\fP). .br Give projection center, two standard parallels, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JD\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Equidistant) .br Give projection center, two standard parallels, and scale (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP or \fB\-JL\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/width\fP (Lambert \fB[C]\fP) .br Give origin, 2 standard parallels, and scale along these (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JH\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Hammer \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JI\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Sinusoidal \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JK\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/width\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s) \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JN\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Robinson). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP \fB\-JR\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Winkel Tripel). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JV\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Van der Grinten). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP or \fB\-JW\fP\fIlon0/width\fP (Mollweide \fB[E]\fP). .br Give the central meridian and scale along equator (1:xxxx or UNIT/degree). .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] or \fB\-JP\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIwidth\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (Linear projection for polar (theta,r) coordinates, optionally insert \fBa\fP after \fB\-Jp\fP [ or \fB\-JP\fP] for azimuths CW from North instead of directions CCW from East [default], optionally append /\fIorigin\fP in degrees to indicate an angular offset [0]). .br Give scale in UNIT/r-unit. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fI/y-scale\fP] or \fB\-JX\fP\fIwidth\fP[\fI/height\fP] .br \fIscale\fP [or \fIwidth\fP] can be any of the following 3 types: .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP - Regular linear scaling. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP\fBl\fP - Take log10 of values before scaling. .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIscale\fP\fBp\fP\fIpower\fP - Raise values to \fIpower\fP before scaling. .br Give \fIx-scale\fP in UNIT/x-unit and \fIy-scale\fP in UNIT/y-unit. (\fIy-scale\fP = \fIx-scale\fP if not specified separately). Use negative scale(s) to reverse the direction of an axis (e.g., to have y be positive down). .br .sp Append a single \fBd\fP if data are geographical coordinates in degrees. Default axes lengths (see gmtdefaults) can be invoked using \fB\-JXh\fP (for landscape); \fB\-JXv\fP (for portrait) will swap the x- and y-axes lengths. The \fBGMT\fP default unit for this installation is UNIT. However, you may change this by editing your .gmtdefaults file(s) (run gmtdefaults to create one if you don't have it).' .br The ellipsoid used in the map projections is user-definable by editing the .gmtdefaults file in your home directory. 13 commonly used ellipsoids and a spheroid are currently supported, and users may also specify their own ellipsoid parameters (see man gmtdefaults for more details). \fBGMT\fP default is WGS-84. Several GMT parameters can affect the projection: ELLIPSOID, INTERPOLANT, MAP_SCALE_FACTOR, and MEASURE_UNIT; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation (for perspective view) [180/90]' .TP .B \-G Paint inside of basemap. [Default is no fill]. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-Jz Sets the vertical scaling (for 3-D maps). Same syntax as \fB\-Jx\fP. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Draws a simple map scale centered on \fIlon0/lat0\fP. Use \fB\-Lx\fP to specify x/y position iinstead. Scale is calculated at latitude \fIslat\fP, \fIlength\fP is in km [miles if \fBm\fP is appended; nautical miles if \fBn\fP is appended]. Use \fB\-Lf\fP to get a "fancy" scale [Default is plain]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z For 3-D projections: Sets the z-level of the basemap [0]. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES The following section illustrates the use of the options by giving some examples for the available map projections. Note how scales may be given in several different ways depending on the projection. Also note the use of upper case letters to specify map width instead of map scale. .sp .SH NON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS .SH Linear x-y plot To make a linear x/y frame with all axes, but with only left and bottom axes annotated, using xscale = yscale = 1.0, ticking every 1 unit and annotating every 2, and using xlabel = "Distance" and ylabel = "No of samples", try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/9/0/5 \fB\-Jx\fP1 \fB\-Bf\fP1\fBa\fP2:Distance:/:"No of samples":\fBWeSn\fP > linear.ps .SH log-log plot To make a log-log frame with only the left and bottom axes, where the x-axis is 25 cm and annotated every 1-2-5 and the y-axis is 15 cm and anotated every power of 10 but has tickmarks every 0.1, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP1/10000/1e20/1e25 \fB\-JX\fP25\fBcl\fP/15\fBcl\fP \fB\-B\fP2:Wavelength:/a1\fBpf\fP3:Power:\fBWS\fP > loglog.ps .SH power axes To design an axis system to be used for a depth\-sqrt(age) plot with depth positive down, ticked and annotated every 500m, and ages annotated at 1 my, 4 my, 9 my etc, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/100/0/5000 \fB\-Jx\fP1\fBp\fP0.5/-0.001 \fB\-B\fP1\fBp\fP:"Crustal age":/500:Depth: > power.ps .SH Polar (theta,r) plot For a base map for use with polar coordinates, where the radius from 0 to 1000 should correspond to 3 inch and with gridlines and ticks every 30 degrees and 100 units, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/0/1000 \fB\-JP\fP6\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBp\fP/100 > polar.ps .br .sp .SH CYLINDRICAL MAP PROJECTIONS .SH Cassini A 10 -cm-wide basemap using the Cassini projection may be obtained by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP20/50/20/35 \fB\-JC\fP35/28/10\fBc\fP \fB\-P \-B\fP5\fBg\fP5:.Cassini: > cassini.ps .SH Mercator [conformal] A Mercator map with scale 0.025 inch/degree along equator, and showing the length of 5000 km along the equator (centered on 1/1 inch), may be plotted as .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP90/180/-50/50 \fB\-Jm\fP0.025\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30:.Mercator: \fB\-Lx\fP1\fBi\fP/1\fBi\fP/0/5000 > mercator.ps .SH Miller A global Miller cylindrical map with scale 1:200,000,000, may be plotted as .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Jj\fP1:200000000 \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30:.Miller: > miller.ps .SH Oblique Mercator [conformal] To create a page-size global oblique Mercator basemap for a pole at (90,30) with gridlines every 30 degrees, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-70/70 \fB\-Joc\fP0/0/90/30/0.064\fBc\fPd \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30:."Oblique Mercator": > oblmerc.ps .SH Transverse Mercator [conformal] A regular Transverse Mercator basemap for some region may look like .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP69:30/71:45/-17/-15:15 \fB\-Jt\fP70/1:1000000 \fB\-B\fP15\fBm\fP:."Survey area": \fB\-P\fP > transmerc.ps .SH Equidistant Cylindrical Projection This projection only needs the central meridian and scale. A 25 cm wide global basemap centered on the 130E meridian is made by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP-50/310/-90/90 \fB\-JQ\fP130/25\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30:."Equidistant Cylindrical": > cyl_eqdist.ps .br .sp .SH Universal Transverse Mercator [conformal] To use this projection you must know the UTM zone number, which defines the central meridian. A UTM basemap for Indo-China can be plotted as .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP95/5/108/20\fBr \-Ju\fP46/1:10000000 \fB\-B\fP3\fBg\fP3:.UTM: > utm.ps .SH Basic Cylindrical [equal-area] First select which of the cylindrical equal-area projections you want by deciding on the standard parallel. Here we will use 45 degrees which gives the Peters projection. A 9 inch wide global basemap centered on the Pacific is made by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-JY\fP180/45/9\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30:.Peters: > peters.ps .br .sp .SH CONIC MAP PROJECTIONS .SH Albers [equal-area] A basemap for middle Europe may be created by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/90/25/55 \fB\-Jb\fP45/20/32/45/0.25\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP10\fBg\fP10:."Albers Equal-area": > albers.ps .SH Lambert [conformal] Another basemap for middle Europe may be created by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/90/25/55 \fB\-Jl\fP45/20/32/45/0.1\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP10\fBg\fP10:."Lambert Conformal Conic": > lambertc.ps .SH Equidistant Yet another basemap of width 6 inch for middle Europe may be created by .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/90/25/55 \fB\-JD\fP45/20/32/45/6\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP10\fBg\fP10:."Equidistant conic": > econic.ps .br .sp .SH AZIMUTHAL MAP PROJECTIONS .SH Lambert [equal-area] A 15 -cm-wide global view of the world from the vantage point -80/-30 will give the following basemap: .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360-/-90/90 \fB\-JA\fP-80/-30/15\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Lambert Azimuthal": > lamberta.ps .br .sp Follow the instructions for stereographic projection if you want to impose rectangular boundaries on the azimuthal equal-area map but substitute \fB\-Ja\fP for \fB\-Js\fP. .SH Equidistant A 15 -cm-wide global map in which distances from the center (here 125/10) to any point is true can be obtained by: .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360-/-90/90 \fB\-JE\fP125/10/15\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Equidistant": > equi.ps .br .SH Gnomonic A view of the world from the vantage point -100/40 out to a horizon of 60 degrees from the center can be made using the Gnomonic projection: .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360-/-90/90 \fB\-JF\fP-100/40/60/6\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Gnomonic": > gnomonic.ps .br .SH Orthographic A global perspective (from infinite distance) view of the world from the vantage point 125/10 will give the following 6 -inch-wide basemap: .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360-/-90/90 \fB\-JG\fP125/10/6\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Orthographic": > ortho.ps .br .SH Stereographic [conformal] To make a Polar stereographic projection basemap with radius = 12 cm to \-60 degree latitude, with plot title "Salinity measurements", using 5 degrees annotation/tick interval and 1 degree gridlines, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP-45/45/-90/-60 \fB\-Js\fP0/-90/12\fBc\fP/-60 \fB\-B\fP5\fBg\fP1:."Salinity measurements": > stereo1.ps .br .sp To make a 12 -cm-wide stereographic basemap for Australia from an arbitrary view point (not the poles), and use a rectangular boundary, we must give the pole for the new projection and use the \fB\-R\fP option to indicate the lower left and upper right corners (in lon/lat) that will define our rectangle. We choose a pole at 130/-30 and use 100/-45 and 160/-5 as our corners. The command becomes .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP100/-45/160/-5\fBr \-JS\fP130/-30/12\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."General Stereographic View": > stereo2.ps .br .sp .SH MISCELLANEOUS MAP PROJECTIONS .SH Hammer [equal-aera] The Hammer projection is mostly used for global maps and thus the spherical form is used. To get a world map centered on Greenwich at a scale of 1:200000000, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Jh\fP180/1:200000000 \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:.Hammer: > hammer.ps .SH Sinusoidal [equal-aera] To make a sinusiodal world map centered on Greenwich, with a scale along the equator of 0.02 inch/degree, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Ji\fP0/0.02\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Sinusoidal": > sinus1.ps .br .sp To make an interrupted sinusiodal world map with breaks at 160W, 20W, and 60E, with a scale along the equator of 0.02 inch/degree, try the following sequence of commands: .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP-160/-20/-90/90 \fB\-Ji\fP-90/0.02\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15\fBWesn\fP \fB\-K\fP > sinus_i.ps .br psbasemap \fB\-R\fP-20/60/-90/90 \fB\-Ji\fP20/0.02\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15\fBwesn\fP \fB\-O \-K \-X\fP2.8\fBi\fP >> sinus_i.ps .br psbasemap \fB\-R\fP60/200/-90/90 \fB\-Ji\fP130/0.02\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15\fBwEsn\fP \fB\-O \-X\fP1.6\fBi\fP >> sinus_i.ps .br .SH Eckert IVI [equal-aera] Pseudo-cylindrical projection typically used for global maps only. Set the central longitude and scale, e.g., .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Jkf\fP180/0.064\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Eckert IV": > eckert4.ps .SH Eckert VI [equal-aera] Another pseudo-cylindrical projection typically used for global maps only. Set the central longitude and scale, e.g., .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-Jks\fP180/0.064\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Eckert VI": > eckert6.ps .SH Robinson Projection designed to make global maps "look right". Set the central longitude and width, e.g., .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP-180/180/-90/90 \fB\-JN\fP0/8\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Robinson": > robinson.ps .SH Winkel Tripel Yet another projection typically used for global maps only. You can set the central longitude, e.g., .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP90/450/-90/90 \fB\-JR\fP270/25\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Winkel Tripel": > winkel.ps .SH Mollweide [equal-aera] The Mollweide projection is also mostly used for global maps and thus the spherical form is used. To get a 25 -cm-wide world map centered on the Dateline, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-JW\fP180/25\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:.Mollweide: > mollweide.ps .SH Van der Grinten The Van der Grinten projection is also mostly used for global maps and thus the spherical form is used. To get a 10 -inch-wide world map centered on the Dateline, try .br .sp psbasemap \fB\-R\fP0/360/-90/90 \fB\-JV\fP180/10\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP30\fBg\fP30/15\fBg\fP15:."Van der Grinten": > grinten.ps .SH RESTRICTIONS For some projections, a spherical earth is implicitly assumed. A warning will notify the user if \fB\-V\fP is set. .SH BUGS The \fB\-B\fP option is somewhat complicated to explain and comprehend. However, it is fairly simple for most applications (see examples). .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psclip.l0100664000213500001460000001521110000130715014775 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSCLIP l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psclip \- To set up polygonal clip paths .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsclip\fP \fIxyfiles\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIaz/el\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .br .sp \fBpsclip\fP \fB\-C\fP [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsclip\fP reads (x,y) file(s) [or standard input] and draws polygons that are activated as clipping paths. Several files may be read to create complex paths consisting of several non-connecting segments. As an option (\fB\-N\fP), the user may choose to reverse the sense of what is the inside and outside of the paths. After subsequent plotting, which will be clipped against these paths, the clipping may be deactivated by running \fBpsclip\fP a second time with the \fB\-C\fP option only. .TP \fIxyfiles\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file(s) with (x,y) values for clip polygons. If no files are given, the standard input is read. .TP .B \-C Mark end of existing clip path. No input file or projection information are needed. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments .sp .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation [180/90]' .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fI\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N Invert the sense of what is inside and outside, i.e., use the outside of the polygons for clipping. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z For 3-D projections: Sets the z-level of the polygons [0]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To make an overlay \fIPostScript\fP file that will set up a complex clip area to which subsequent plotting will be confined to, try: .br .sp psclip my_region.xy \fB\-R\fP0/40/0/40 \fB\-J\fPm0.3\fBi\fP \fB\-O \-K\fP > clip_mask_on.ps .br .sp To deactivate the clipping in an existing plotfile, run: .br .sp psclip \fB\-C \-O\fP >> complex_plot.ps .SH BUGS \fBpsclip\fP cannot handle polygons that contain the south or north pole. For such polygons, you should split them into two and make each explicitly contain the polar point. The two clip polygons will combine to give the desired effect. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdmask (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psmask (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pscoast.l0100664000213500001460000003205210000130715015161 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSCOAST l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pscoast \- To plot land-masses, water-masses, coastlines, borders, and rivers .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpscoast \-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP\fImin_area\fP[\fImin_level [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIriver\fP[/\fIpen\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP[\fBf\fP][\fBx\fP]\fIlon0/lat0/slat/length\fP[\fBm|n|k\fP] ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIborder\fP[/\fIpen\fP] ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpscoast\fP plots grayshaded, colored, or textured land-masses [or water-masses] on maps and [optionally] draws coastlines, rivers, and political boundaries. Alternatively, it can (1) issue clip paths that will contain all land or all water areas, or (2) dump the data to an ASCII table. The datafiles come in 5 different resolutions: (\fBf\fP)ull, (\fBh\fP)igh, (\fBi\fP)ntermediate, (\fBl\fP)ow, and (\fBc\fP)rude. The full resolution files amount to more than 55 Mb of data and provide great detail; for maps of larger geographical extent it is more economical to use one of the other resolutions. If the user selects to paint the land-areas and does not specify fill of water-areas then the latter will be transparent (i.e., earlier graphics drawn in those areas will not be overwritten). Likewise, if the water-areas are painted and no land fill is set then the land-areas will be transparent. The \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. .br No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. Use upper case for the option flags and lower case for modifiers. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A Features with an area smaller than \fImin_area\fP in km^2 or of hierarchical level that is lower than \fImin_level\fP or higher than \fImax_level\fP will not be plotted [Default is 0/0/4 (all features)]. See DATABASE INFORMATION below for more details. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Set the shade (0\-255), color (r/g/b), or pattern (\fBp|P\fP\fIdpi/pattern\fP; see \fB\-G\fP) for lakes [Default is the fill chosen for "wet" areas (\fB\-S\fP)]. .TP .B \-D Selects the resolution of the data set to use ((\fBf\fP)ull, (\fBh\fP)igh, (\fBi\fP)ntermediate, (\fBl\fP)ow, and (\fBc\fP)rude). The resolution drops off by 80% between data sets. [Default is \fBl\fP]. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation (for perspective view) [180/90]' .TP .B \-G Select painting or clipping of "dry" areas. Append a shade, color, pattern, or \fBc\fP for clipping. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-I Draw rivers. Specify the type of rivers and [optionally] append pen attributes [Default pen: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. Choose from the list of river types below. Repeat option \fB\-I\fP as often as necessary. .br 1 = Permanent major rivers .br 2 = Additional major rivers .br 3 = Additional rivers .br 4 = Minor rivers .br 5 = Intermittent rivers - major .br 6 = Intermittent rivers - additional .br 7 = Intermittent rivers - minor .br 8 = Major canals .br 9 = Minor canals .br 10 = Irrigation canals .br a = All rivers and canals (1-10) .br r = All permanent rivers (1-4) .br i = All intermittent rivers (5-7) .br c = All canals (8-10) .br .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Draws a simple map scale centered on \fIlon0/lat0\fP. Use \fB\-Lx\fP to specify x/y position instead. Scale is calculated at latitude \fIslat\fP, \fIlength\fP is in km [miles if \fBm\fP is appended; nautical miles if \fBn\fP is appended]. Use \fB\-Lf\fP to get a "fancy" scale [Default is plain]. .TP .B \-M Dumps a single multisegment ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-bo\fP) file to standard output. No plotting occurs. Specify any combination of \fB\-W, \-I, \-N\fP. Optionally, you may append the \fIflag\fP character that is written at the start of each segment header ['>']. .TP .B \-N Draw political boundaries. Specify the type of boundary and [optionally] append pen attributes [Default pen: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. Choose from the list of boundaries below. Repeat option \fB\-N\fP as often as necessary. .br 1 = National boundaries .br 2 = State boundaries within the Americas .br 3 = Marine boundaries .br a = All boundaries (1-3) .br .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-Q Mark end of existing clip path. No projection information is needed. .TP .B \-S Select painting or clipping of "wet" areas. Append the shade (0\-255), color (r/g/b), pattern (see \fB\-G\fP), or \fBc\fP for clipping. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Draw coastlines. [Default is no coastlines]. Append pen attributes [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To plot a green Africa with white outline on blue background, with permanent major rivers in thick blue pen, additional major rivers in thin blue pen, and national borders as dashed lines on a Mercator map at scale 0.1 inch/degree, try .br .sp pscoast \fB\-R\fP-30/30/-40/40 \fB\-Jm\fP0.1\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP5 \fB\-I\fP1/1\fBp\fP/0/0/255 \fB\-I\fP2/0.25\fBp\fP/0/0/255 \fB\-N\fP1/0.25\fBtap\fP \fB\-W\fP0.25\fBp\fP/255/255/255 \fB\-G\fP0/255/0 \fB\-S\fP0/0/255 \fB\-P\fP > africa.ps .br .sp To plot Iceland using the lava pattern (# 28) at 100 dots per inch, on a Mercator map at scale 1 cm/degree, try .br .sp pscoast \fB\-R\fP-30/-10/60/65 \fB\-Jm\fP1\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP5 \fB\-Gp\fP100/28 > iceland.ps .br .sp To initiate a clip path for Africa so that the subsequent colorimage of gridded topography is only seen over land, using a Mercator map at scale 0.1 inch/degree, try .br .sp pscoast \fB\-R\fP-30/30/-40/40 \fB\-Jm\fP0.1\fBi\fP \fB\-B\fP5 \fB\-Gc \-P \-K\fP > africa.ps .br grdimage \fB\-Jm\fP0.1\fBi\fP etopo5.grd -Ccolors.cpt \fB\-O \-K\fP >> africa.ps .br pscoast \fB\-Q \-O\fP >> africa.ps .SH DATABASE INFORMATION The coastline database is compiled from two sources: World Vector Shorelines (WVS) and CIA World Data Bank II (WDBII). In particular, all level-1 polygons (ocean-land boundary) are derived from the more accurate WVS while all higher level polygons (level 2-4, representing land/lake, lake/island-in-lake, and island-in-lake/lake-in-island-in-lake boundaries) are taken from WDBII. Much processing has taken place to convert WVS and WDBII data into usable form for \fBGMT\fP: assembling closed polygons from line segments, checking for duplicates, and correcting for crossings between polygons. The area of each polygon has been determined so that the user may choose not to draw features smaller than a minimum area (see \fB\-A\fP); one may also limit the highest hierarchical level of polygons to be included (4 is the maximum). The 4 lower-resolution databases were derived from the full resolution database using the Douglas-Peucker line-simplification algorithm. The classification of rivers and borders follow that of the WDBII. See the \fBGMT\fP Cookbook and Technical Reference Appendix K for further details. .br \fBpscoast\fP will first look for coastline files in directory $GMTHOME/share (where $GMTHOME is an environmental variable). If the desired file is not found, it will look for the file coastline.conf in the same directory. This file may contain any number of records that each holds the full pathname of an alternative directory. Comment lines (#) and blank lines are allowed. The desired file is then sought for in the alternate directories. .SH BUGS The options to fill (\fB\-C \-G \-S\fP) may not always work if the Azimuthal equidistant projection is chosen (\fB\-Je|E\fP). If the antipole of the projection is in the oceans it will most likely work. If not, try to avoid using projection center coordinates that are even multiples of the coastline bin size (1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 degrees for \fBf, h, i, l, c\fP, respectively). This projection is not supported for clipping. .br The political borders are for the most part 1970ies-style and do not reflect the recent border rearrangments in Europe. We intend to update these as high-resolution data become avaiable to us. .br Some users of \fBpscoast\fP will not be satisfied with what they find for the Antarctic shoreline. In Antarctica, the boundary between ice and ocean varies seasonally and interannually. There are some areas of permanent sea ice. In addition to these time-varying ice-ocean boundaries, there are also ice grounding lines where ice goes from floating on the sea to sitting on land, and lines delimiting areas of rock outcrop. For consistency's sake, we have used the World' Vector Shoreline throughout the world in pscoast, as described in the GMT cookbook Appendix K. Users who need specific boundaries in Antarctica should get the Antarctic Digital Database, prepared by the British Antarctic Survey, Scott Polar Research Institute, World Conservation Monitoring Centre, under the auspices of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research. This data base contains various kinds of limiting lines for Antarctica and is available on CD-ROM. It is published by the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, Scott Polar Research Institute, Lensfield Road, Cambridge CB2 1ER, United Kingdom. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR grdlandmask (l), .IR psbasemap (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pscontour.l0100664000213500001460000002244610000130715015547 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSCONTOUR l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pscontour \- Contour xyz-data by direct triangulation .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpscontour\fP \fIxyzfile\fP \fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP[\fB-\fP][\fBf\fP\fIfont_size\fP][\fBa\fP\fIangle\fP][\fI/r/g/b\fP][\fBo\fP]] ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP[\fIdumpfile\fP] ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIview_az/view_el\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIgap\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIindexfile\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fB+\fP]\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpscontour\fP reads an ASCII [or binary] xyz-file and produces a raw contour plot by triangulation. By default, the optimal Delaunay triangulation is performed (using either Shewhuck's [1996]' or Watson's [1982] method as selected during GMT installation), but the user' may optionally provide a second file with network information, such as a triangular mesh used for finite element modeling. In addition to contours, the area between contours may be painted according to the color palette file. .TP \fIxyzfile\fP Raw ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-b\fP) xyz data to be contoured. .TP .B \-C name of the color palette file. Must have discrete colors if you want to paint the surface (\fB\-I\fP). Only contours that have anotation flags set will be anotated. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A Several anotation formatting options can be set to modify the form of the annotation. Give - to disable all anotations. Append f\fIfont_size\fP to change font size [9], append \fI/r/g/b\fP to change color of text fill box [PAGE_COLOR], append a\fIangle\fP to fix annotation angle [Default follows contour], and append \fBo\fP to draw the outline of the surrounding text box [Default is no outline]. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-D Dump the (x,y,z) coordinates of each contour to separate files, one for each contour segment. The files will be named \fIdumpfile_cont_segment[_i]\fP.xyz, where \fIcont\fP is the contour value and \fIsegment\fP is a running segment number for each contour interval (for closed contours we append _i.) However, when \fB\-M\fP is used in conjunction with \fB\-D\fP a single multisegment file is created instead. .TP .B \-E Sets the view point by specifying azimuth and elevation in degrees. [Default is 180/90] .TP .B \-G \fIgap\fP is distance between each annotation along the same contour [Default is 10\fBc\fP (or 4\fBi\fP)]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Color the triangles using the color palette table. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Draw the underlying triangular mesh using the specified pen attributes [Default is no mesh]. .TP .B \-M When used in conjunction with \fB\-D\fP a single multisegment file is created, and each contour section is preceeded by a header record whose first column is \fIflag\fP followed by the contour level. .TP .B \-N Do NOT clip contours or image at the boundaries [Defaults will clip to fit inside region \fB\-R\fP). .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-T Give name of file with network information. Each record must contain triplets of node numbers for a triangle [Default computes these using Delaunay triangulation (see \fBtriangulate\fP)]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Select contouring and set contour pen attributes. If the \fB+\fP flag is set then the contour lines are colored according to the cpt file (see \fB\-C\fP). .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 input columns]. Use 4-byte integer triplets for node ids (\fB\-T\fP). .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To make a raw contour plot from the file topo.xyz and drawing the contours (pen = 2) given in the color palette file topo.cpt on a Lambert map at 0.5 inch/degree along the standard parallels 18 and 24, try .br .sp pscontour topo.xyz \fB\-R\fP320/330/20/30 \fB\-Jl\fP18/24/0.5\fBi\fP \fB\-C\fPtopo.cpt \fB\-W\fP0.5\fBp\fP > topo.ps .br .sp To create a color \fIPostScript\fP plot of the numerical temperature solution obtained on a triangular mesh whose node coordinates and temperatures are stored in temp.xyz and mesh arrangement is given by the file mesh.ijk, using the colors in temp.cpt, try .br .sp pscontour temp.xyz \fB\-R\fP0/150/0/100 \fB\-Jx\fP0.1 \fB\-C\fPtemp.cpt \fB\-G \-W\fP0.25\fBp\fP > temp.ps .SH BUGS Sometimes there will appear to be thin lines of the wrong color in the image. This is a round-off problem which may be remedied by using a higher value of DOTS_PR_INCH in the .gmtdefaults file. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdcontour (l), .IR grdimage (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psscale (l), .IR surface (l), .IR triangulate (l) .SH REFERENCES Watson, D. F., 1982, Acord: Automatic contouring of raw data, \fIComp. & Geosci., 8\fP, 97\-101. .br Shewchuck, J. R., 1996, Triangle: Engineering a 2D Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay Triangulator, First Workshop on Applied Computational Geometry (Philadelphia, PA), 124-133, ACM, May 1996. .br www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.html GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pshistogram.l0100664000213500001460000001156210000130715016050 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSHISTOGRAM l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pshistogram \- Bin data and plot histograms .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpshistogram\fB \fIfile\fP \fB\-Jx\fP\fIxscale[/yscale]\fP \fB\-W\fP\fIbin_width\fP [ \fB\-2\fP ] [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP[\fBo\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fItype\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpshistogram\fP reads the first column from \fIfile\fP [or standard input] and calculates histogram parameters based on the bin-width provided. Using these parameters, scaling, and optional range parameters it will generate \fIPostScript\fP code that plots a histogram. A cumulative histogram may also be specified. .TP \fIfile\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] datafile. If no file is given, pshistogram will read standard input. .TP .B \-Jx \fIxscale[/yscale]\fP (Linear scale(s) in distance unit/data unit). .TP .B \-W Sets the bin width used for histogram calculations. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-2 Read second rather than first column. .TP .B \-A Plot the histogram horizontally from x = 0 [Default is vertically from y = 0]. .TP .B \-C Center bin on each value. [Default is left edge]. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation (for perspective view) [180/90]' .TP .B \-G Select filling of bars. [Default is no fill]. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Inquire about min/max x and y after binning. No plotting is done. Append \fBo\fP to output an ASCII table of the resulting x,y data. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Draw bar outline using the specified pen thickness. [Default is no outline]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-Q Draw a cumulative histogram. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. If not given, \fBpshistogram\fP will automatically find reasonable values for the region. .TP .B \-S Draws a stairs-step diagram instead of histogram. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z Choose between 6 types of histograms: 0 = counts [Default], 1 = frequency_percent, 2 = log (1.0 + count), 3 = log (1.0 + frequency_percent), 4 = log10 (1.0 + count), 5 = log10 (1.0 + frequency_percent). .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To draw a histogram of the data v3206.t containing seafloor depths, using a 250 meter bin width, center bars, and draw bar outline, try: .br .sp pshistogram v3206.t \fB\-JX\fPh \fB\-W\fP250 \fB\-C \-L\fP0.5\fBp\fP \fB\-V\fP > plot.ps .br .sp If you know the distribution of your data, you may explicitly specify range and scales. E.g., to plot a histogram of the y-values (2nd column) in the file errors.xy using a 1 meter bin width, plot from -10 to +10 meters @ 0.75 cm/m, annotate every 2 m and 100 counts, and use black bars, try: .br .sp cut -f2 errors.xy | pshistogram \fB\-W\fP1 \fB\-R\fP-10/10/0/0 \fB\-Jx\fP0.75\fBc\fP/0.01\fBc\fP \fB\-B\fP2:Error:/100:Counts: \fB\-G\fP0 \fB\-V\fP > plot.ps .br .sp Since no y-range was specified, pshistogram will calculate ymax in even increments of 100. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psrose (l), .IR psxy (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psimage.l0100664000213500001460000000766110000130715015142 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSIMAGE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psimage \- To plot SUN rasterfiles on maps .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsimage\fP \fIrasterfile\fP [ \fB\-W\fP\fIxlength[/ylength]\fP | \fB\-E\fIdpi\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fIxpos/ypos\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP[\fBf|b\fP]\fIr/g/b\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fInxrep/nyrep\fP] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fIdx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsimage\fP reads a 1, 8, 24, or 32-bit Sun rasterfile and plots it on a map. Image can be scaled arbitrarily, and 1-bit images can be (1) inverted, i.e., black pixels (on) becomes white (off) and vice versa, or (2) colorized, by assigning different foreground and background colors, and (3) made transparent where one of back- or foreground is painted only. As an option, the user may choose to convert colorimages to grayscale using TV's YIQ-transformation.' The user may also choose to replicate the image which, when preceeded by appropriate clip paths, may allow larger custom-designed fill patterns to be implemented (the \fB\-Gp\fP mechanism offered in most GMT programs is limited to rasters smaller than 146 by 146). .TP \fIrasterfile\fP This must be a Sun rasterfile. Depth can be 1, 8, 24, or 32-bit. Old-style, Standard, Run-length-encoded, and RGB Sun rasterfiles are supported. Other raster formats can be converted to Sun format via a variety of public-domain software (e.g., imconv, xv). .TP .B \-E Sets the dpi of the image in dots pr inch, or use \fB\-W\fP. .TP .B \-W Sets the size of the image. If not given \fIylength\fP is set to \fIxlength\fP * (ny/nx). Alternatively, use \fB\-E\fP. .br .sp .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-C Sets position of lower left corner of image [0/0]. .TP .B \-F Draws a rectangular frame around the image with the given pen [no frame]. .TP .B \-Gb Sets background color (replace white pixel) for 1-bit image templates. Use - for transparency (and set \fB\-Gf\fP to the desired color). .TP .B \-Gf Sets foreground color (replace black pixel) for 1-bit image templates. Use - for transparency (and set \fB\-Gb\fP to the desired color). .TP .B \-I Invert image before plotting (1-bit images only). This is what is done when you use \fB\-GP\fP in other GMT programs. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Convert color image to monochrome grayshades using the (television) YIQ-transformation. .TP .B \-N Replicate the image \fInxrep\fP in x and \fInyrep\fP in y [Default is 1/1]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To plot the image contained in the 8-bit rasterfile scanned_face.ras, scaling it to 8 by 10 cm, try .br .sp psimage scanned_face.ras \fB\-W\fP8\fBc\fP/10\fBc\fP > image.ps .br .sp To replicate the image template 1_bit.ras over a 5 by 5 inch area, colorize it, and setting each piece to be 1 by 1 cm, try .br .sp psimage 1_bit.ras \fB\-Gb\fP200/150/100 \fB\-Gf\fP100/50/30 \fB\-N\fP5\fBi\fP/5\fBi\fP \fB\-W\fP1\fBc\fP > image.ps .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pslib.l0100664000213500001460000006573410000130715014633 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH pslib l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pslib v3.2 \- A \fIPostScript\fP based plotting library .SH DESCRIPTION .LP \fBpslib\fP\fR was created to make the generation of \fIPostScript\fR page description code easier. It is a library that contains a series of tools that can be used to create plots. The resulting \fIPostScript\fR code is ASCII text and can be edited using any text editor. Thus, it is fairly easy to modify a plot file even after it has been created, e.g., to change text strings, set new gray shades or colors, experiment with various penwidths etc. \fBpslib\fP\fR is written in C but now includes FORTRAN bindings (thanks to John Goff, WHOI) and can therefore be called from both C and FORTRAN programs. To use this library, you must link your plotting program with pslib.a. \fBpslib\fP\fR is the core of the \fBGMT SYSTEM\fP\fR and \fBXY\fP\fR graphics programs. \fBpslib\fP\fR output conforms to the Adobe Encapsulated \fIPostScript\fP File Specification Version 3.0 (EPSL), and may be used as EPS files and inserted into, say, a Word document on a Mac. See Appendix F in the Technical Reference for detailed instructions. .LP Before any \fBpslib\fP\fR calls can be issued, the plotting system must be initialized. This is done by calling \fBps_plotinit\fP, which defines macros, sets up the plot-coordinate system, scales, and [optionally] opens a file where all the \fIPostScript\fR code will be written. Normally, the plot code is written to \fIstdout\fP. The measure unit for sizes and positions can be set to be centimeter, inch, or m. When all plotting is done, you must terminate the plotting system by calling \fBps_plotend\fP. .LP \fBpslib\fP uses the direct color model where red, green, and blue are given separately, each must be in the range from 0-255. If red < 0 then no fill operation takes place. Most plot-items can be plotted with or without outlines. If outline is desired (i.e., set to 1), it will be drawn using the current linewidth and pattern. \fBpslib\fP\fR uses highly optimized macro substitutions and scales the coordinates depending on the resolution of the hardcopy device so that the output file is kept as compact as possible. .LP A wide variety of output devices that support \fIPostScript\fR exist, including laserwriters (color or monochrome) and workstations running \fIPostScript\fR based window systems like SUNs OpenWindows. xnews (part of OpenWindows) or ghostscript (public domain) can be used to create rasterfiles at a user-defined resolution (DPI), making it possible to render \fIPostScript\fR on a Versatec and other non-\fIPostScript\fR raster devices. Regular SUN rasterfiles created under NeWS from \fIPostScript\fR files can be sent to a variety of color hardcopy units. Check the devices available on your network. .SH FUNCTION CALLS .LP The following is a list of available functions and a short description of what they do and what parameters they expect. All floating point variables are expected to be \fBdouble\fP (i.e., 8 bytes), whereas all integers are assumed to be 4 bytes long. All plotting functions are declared as functions returning an int. Currently, the return value is undefined. .LP .IP void \fBps_arc\fR (\fIx, y, radius, angle1, angle2, status\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, radius, angle1, angle2\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIstatus\fP; .RS 10 Draws a circular arc centered on (\fIx,y\fP) from angle \fIangle1\fP to \fIangle2\fP. Angles must be given in decimal degrees. If angle1 > angle2, a negative arc is drawn. \fIstatus\fP is a value from 0 through 3. 1 means set new anchor point, 2 means stroke the circle, 3 means both, 0 means none of the above. .RE .IP void \fBps_axis\fR (\fIxpos, ypos, length, startval, stopval, tickval, label, anotpointsize, side\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxpos, ypos, length, startval, stopval, tickval\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIanotpointsize, side\fP; .br \fBchar\fR \fI*label\fP; .RS 10 Plots an axis with tickmarks, annotation, and label. \fIxpos, ypos\fP, and \fIlength\fP are in inches (or cm or meters), \fIanotpointsize\fP in points (72 points = 1 inch), else data units are used. \fIside\fP can be 0, 1, 2, or 3, which selects lower x-axis, right y-axis, upper x-axis, or left y-axis, respectively. labelpointsize = 1.5 * \fIanotpointsize\fP. A negative \fItickval\fP will reverse the sense of positive direction, e.g., to have the y-axis be positive down. .RE .IP void \fBps_circle\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a circle and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. .RE .IP void \fBps_clipoff\fR () .RS 10 Resets the clip path to what it was before the last call to \fBclipon\fP. .RE .IP void \fBps_clipon\fR (\fIxarray, yarray, npoints, rgb, flag\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxarray[], yarray[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInpoints, rgb[3], flag\fP; .RS 10 Sets up a user-definable clip path. Plotting outside this polygon will be clipped until \fBps_clipoff\fP is called. If \fIred\fP >= 0 the inside of the path is filled with the specified color. \fIflag\fP is used to create complex clip paths consisting of several disconnected regions, and takes on values 0-3. \fIflag\fP = 1 means this is the first path in a multi-segment clip path. \fIflag\fP = 2 means this is the last segment. Thus, for a single path, \fIflag\fP = 3. .RE .IP void \fBps_colorimage\fR (\fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength, buffer, nx, ny\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength\fP; .br \fBunsigned char\fR \fIbuffer[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInx, ny\fP; .RS 10 Plots a 24-bit true color image using rgb colors. Similar to \fIps_image\fP except \fIbits\fP is fixed to be 8. The rgb triplets are stored in \fIbuffer\fP as rgbrgbrgb... This functions sets up a call to the \fIPostScript\fP colorimage operator which is not implemented in all drivers. .RE .IP void \fBps_colortiles\fR (\fIx0, y0, xlength, ylength, buffer, nx, ny\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx0, y0, xlength, ylength\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInx, ny\fP; .br \fBunsigned char\fR \fIbuffer[]\fP; .RS 10 Plots a true color image based on individual color tiles. \fIx0, y0\fP is the location of the lower left corner of the image in inches. \fIxlength, ylength\fP is the image size in inches. \fIbuffer\fP contains rgb triplets stored as rgbrgbrgb... \fInx, ny\fP is the image size in pixels. .RE .IP void \fBps_command\fR (\fItext\fP) .br \fBchar\fR \fI*text\fP; .br .RS 10 Writes a raw \fIPostScript\fP command to the \fIPostScript\fP output file, e.g. "1 setlinejoin". .RE .IP void \fBps_comment\fR (\fItext\fP) .br \fBchar\fR \fI*text\fP; .RS 10 Writes a comment (\fItext\fP) to the \fIPostScript\fP\fR output file, e.g. "Start of graph 2". .RE .IP void \fBps_cross\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .RS 10 Plots a cross at the specified point using current pen-width and -pattern that fits inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_diamond\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a diamond and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_ellipse\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, angle, major, minor, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, angle, major, minor\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a ellipse with its major semiaxis rotated by \fIangle\fP degrees and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. .RE .IP void \fBps_flush\fR () .RS 10 Flushes the output buffer. .RE .IP void \fBps_hexagon\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a hexagon and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_image\fR (\fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength, buffer, nx, ny, bits\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength\fP; .br \fBunsigned char\fR \fIbuffer[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInx, ny, bits\fP; .RS 10 Plots a bit-mapped image using grayshades. Specify position of lower left corner and size (in inches) of image. \fIbuffer\fP is an unsigned character array with gray shade values (0 - 255) where 0 is black, 255 is white. \fIbits\fP is number of bits pr pixel (8, 4, or 1). \fInx,ny\fP refers to the number of pixels in image. The rowlength of \fIbuffer\fP must be an integral number of 8/\fIbits. buffer[0]\fP is upper left corner. E.g. if \fIbits\fP = 4, then \fIbuffer[j]\fP/16 gives shade for pixel[2j-1] and \fIbuffer[j]\fP%16 (mod 16) gives shade for pixel[2j]. \fIbuffer\fP values are stored as columns, starting at the lower left corner and ending at the upper right corner. See the Adobe Systems \fIPostScript\fP\fR Reference Manual for more details. .RE .IP void \fBps_imagefill\fR (\fIx, y, n, image, imagefile, invert, imagedpi, outline, template, r_rgb, b_rgb\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx[], y[], x0, y0\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIn, image, invert, imagedpi, outline, template, f_rgb[3], b_rgb[3]\fP; .br \fBchar\fR \fIimagefile\fP; .RS 10 Similar to \fBps_polygon\fP, but fills the area with an image pattern rather than a color or grayshade. \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP hold the arrays of \fIn\fP points. 90 predefined patterns are available (See GMT Appendix E). \fIimage\fP gives the image number (1-90). If set to 0, \fIimagefile\fP must be the name to the user's image, which must be stored as a' SUN 1-, 8-, or 24-bit rasterfile. 1-bit images only: (i) If \fIinvert\fP is TRUE (1), the black and white pixels are interchanged before plotting. (ii) If template is TRUE (1), the set pixels are colored using the RGB combination in \fIf_rgb\fP, while the unset are painted with \fPb_rgb\fP. The unit size of the image is controlled by \fIimagedpi\fP. If set to zero, the image is plotted at the device resolution. If \fIoutline\fP is TRUE, the current penwidth is used to draw the polygon outline. .RE .IP void \fBps_imagemask\fR (\fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength, buffer, nx, ny, polarity, rgb\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxpos, ypos, xlength, ylength\fP; .br \fBunsigned char\fR \fIbuffer[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInx, ny, polarity, rgb[3]\fP; .RS 10 Plots a transparent 1-bit image mask using the given \fIrgb\fP color. Specify position of lower left corner and size (in inches) of image. \fIbuffer\fP is an unsigned character array with 8 pixels per byte. \fInx,ny\fP refers to the number of pixels in image. The rowlength of \fIbuffer\fP must be an integral number of 8. buffer[0]\fP is upper left corner. \fIbuffer\fP values are stored as columns, starting at the lower left corner and ending at the upper right corner. If \fIpolarity\fP is 0 then the bits that are 0 are painted with the \fIrgb\fP color, else the bits that are 1 are colored. See the Adobe Systems \fIPostScript\fP\fR Reference Manual for more details. .RE .IP void \fBps_itriangle\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots an inverted and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_line\fR (\fIxarray, yarray, npoints, type, close, split\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxarray[], yarray[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInpoints, type, close, split\fP; .RS 10 Draw a continuous line from the positions in the x-y arrays. If \fIclose\fP == 1, the first and last point will automatically be closed by the \fIPostScript\fP driver. If this is the first segment in a multi-segment path, set \fItype\fP == 1. To end the segments and have the line(s) drawn, set \fItype\fP == 2. Thus, for a single segment, \fItype\fP must be 3. The line is drawn using the current penwidth. Only if \fIsplit\fP is TRUE may ps_line use multiple strokes to draw lines longer that MAX_PATH. ps_polygon will call ps_line with \fIsplit\fP = FALSE since the path must be continuous. If \fIsplit\fP is FALSE and the pathlength exceeds MAX_PATH a warning will be issued. .RE .IP unsigned char \fB*ps_loadraster\fP (\fIfp, header, invert, monochrome, template, f_rgb, b_rgb\fP) .br \fBFILE\fP \fI*fp\fP; .br \fBstruct rasterfile\fP \fI*header\fP; .br \fBBOOLEAN\fP \fIinvert, monochrome, template\fP; .br \fBint\fP \fIf_rgb[], b_rgb[]\fP; .RS 10 Reads the image contents of the Sun rasterfile pointed to by the open filepointer \fIfp\fP. The \fIheader\fP must first be obtained with \fBps_read_rasheader\fP. If \fIinvert\fP is TRUE then 1-bit images will be bit-reversed. If \fImonochrome\fP is TRUE then color images are converted to grayimages using the TV YIQ translation. If \fItemplate\fP is TRUE then 1-bit images will be colorized using the for- and background colors provided in \fIf_rgb\fP and \fIb_rgb\fP. The routine can handle 1-, 8-, 24-, or 32-bit files in old, standard, run-length encoded, or RGB-style Sun format. .RE .IP void \fBps_patch\fR (\fIxarray, yarray, npoints, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxarray[], yarray[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInpoints, rgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Identical to \fBps_polygon\fP except polygon must be < 20 points long and there will be no attempt to shorten the path by discarding unnecessary intermediate points along straight segments. Primarily used when painting large number of small polygons and not waste output space. .RE .IP void \fBps_pie\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, radius, azimuth1, azimuth2, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, radius, azimuth1, azimuth2\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a sector of a circle and paints it with the specified RGB combination. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. .RE .IP void \fBps_plot\fR (\fIxabs, yabs, kpen\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxabs, yabs\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIkpen;\fP .RS 10 Absolute move (\fIkpen\fP=3) or draw (\fIkpen=\fP2), using current linewidth. .RE .IP void \fBps_plotend\fR (\fIlast_page\fP) .br \fBint\fR \fIlast_page\fP; .RS 10 Terminates the plotting sequence and closes plot file (if other than \fIstdout\fP). If \fIlast_page\fP == 1, then a \fIPostScript\fP\fR showpage command is issued, which initiates the printing process on hardcopy devices. .RE .IP void \fBps_plotinit\fR (\fIplotfile, overlay, mode, xoff, yoff, xscl, yscl, ncopies, dpi, unit, pagesize, rgb, eps\fP) .br \fBchar\fR \fI*plotfile;\fP .br \fBint\fR \fIoverlay, mode, ncopies, dpi, unit\fP; .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxoff, yoff, xscl, yscl\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIpagesize[2], rgb[3]\fP; \fBstruct EPS *\fR \fIeps\fP; .RS 10 Initializes the plotting. If \fIplotfile\fP == NULL (or ""), then output is sent to \fIstdout\fP, else output is sent to \fIplotfile\fP. \fIoverlay\fP should be 1 only if you plan to append it to some existing \fIPostScript\fP\fR file. \fImode\fP contains three flags in the three lowest bits. The lowest bit controls the plot orientation and can be 0 (Landscape) or 1 (Portrait). The next bit, if set to 1, will re-encode the fonts to include European accented characters. The third bit controls the format used to write PostScript images: 0 means binary, 1 means hexadecimal. Most printers needs the latter while some can handle binary which are 50% smaller and therefore execute faster. \fIxoff,yoff\fP are used to move the origin from the default position in the lower left corner. \fIxscl,yscl\fP are used to scale the entire plot (Usually set to 1.0, 1.0). Set \fIncopies\fP to get more than 1 copy. \fIdpi\fP sets the hardcopy resolution in dots pr units. For optimum plot quality and processing speed, choose \fIdpi\fP to match the intended plotter resolution. Examples are 300 for most laserwriters, 2540 for Linotype-300, and ~85 for SUN screens. When in doubt, use 300. \fIunit\fP can be any of 0 (CM), 1 (INCH), or 2 (M), telling the plot system what units are used for distance and sizes. Note that, regardless of choice of unit, dpi is still in dots-pr-inch. \fIpagesize\fP means the physical width and height of the plotting media in points, (typically 612 by 792 for Letter or 595 by 842 for A4 laserwriter plotters. The \fIrgb\fP array holds the color of the page (usually white = 255,255,255). The EPS structure is defined in the pslib.h include file and contains information that will make up the comments header of a EPS file. Programmers who plan to call pslib routines should read the comments in pslib.h first. Note that the FORTRAN binding does not expect this last argument. .RE .IP void \fBps_plotr\fR (\fIxrel, yrel, kpen\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxrel, yrel\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIkpen\fP; .RS 10 Move (\fIkpen\fP = 3) or draw (\fIkpen\fP = 2) relative to current point (see \fBps_plot\fP). .RE .IP void \fBps_polygon\fR (\fIxarray, yarray, npoints, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxarray[], yarray[]\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fInpoints, rgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Creates a colored polygon from the positions in the x-y arrays. Polygon will automatically be closed by the \fIPostScript\fP driver. If \fIoutline\fP == 0, no outline is drawn. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline is drawn using current penwidth. .RE .IP int \fBps_read_rasheader\fP (\fIfp, header\fP) .br \fBFILE\fP \fI*fp\fP; .br \fBstruct rasterfile\fP \fI*header\fP; .RS 10 Using the pointer \fIfp\fP to the open file, return the header structure of the Sun rasterfile. This call is portable as it operates on the byte level. Once the header is returned you may obtain the raster image with \fBps_loadraster\fP. .RE .IP void \fBps_rect\fR (\fIx1, y1, x2, y2, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx1, y1, x2, y2\fP; .br int r\fIed, green, blue, outline;\fP .RS 10 Plots a colored rectangle. (\fIx1,y1)\fP and (\fIx2,y2\fP) are any two corners on a diagonal. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. .RE .IP void \fBps_rotatetrans\fR (\fIx, y, angle\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, angle\fP; .RS 10 Rotates the coordinate system by \fIangle\fP degrees, then translates origin to (\fIx,y\fP). .RE .IP void \fBps_setdash\fR (\fIpattern, offset\fP) .br \fBchar\fR \fI*pattern;\fP .br \fBint\fR \fIoffset;\fP .RS 10 Changes the current dashpattern. The character string \fIpattern\fP is set to the desired pattern. E.g., "4 2" and \fIoffset\fP = 1 will plot like: .RS 5 x ---- ---- ---- .RE etc, where x is starting point (The x is not plotted). That is, the line is made up of a repeating pattern of a 4 units long line and a 2 unit long gap, starting 1 unit after the x. To reset to solid line, specify \fIpattern\fP = NULL ("") and \fIoffset\fP = 0. Units are in dpi units. .RE .IP void \fBps_setfont\fR (\fIfontnr\fP) .br \fBint\fR \fIfontnr\fP; .RS 10 Changes the current font number to \fIfontnr\fP. The fonts available are: 0 = Helvetica, 1 = H. Bold, 2 = H. Oblique, 3 = H. Bold-Oblique, 4 = Times, 5 = T. Bold, 6 = T. Italic, 7 = T. Bold Italic, 8 = Courier, 9 = C. Bold, 10 = C Oblique, 11 = C Bold Oblique, 12 = Symbol, 13 = AvantGarde-Book, 14 = A.-BookOblique, 15 = A.-Demi, 16 = A.-DemiOblique, 17 = Bookman-Demi, 18 = B.-DemiItalic, 19 = B.-Light, 20 = B.-LightItalic, 21 = Helvetica-Narrow, 22 = H-N-Bold, 23 = H-N-Oblique, 24 = H-N-BoldOblique, 25 = NewCenturySchlbk-Roman, 26 = N.-Italic, 27 = N.-Bold, 28 = N.-BoldItalic, 29 = Palatino-Roman, 30 = P.-Italic, 31 = P.-Bold, 32 = P.-BoldItalic, 33 = ZapfChancery-MediumItalic. If \fIfontnr\fP is outside this range, it is set to 0. .RE .IP void \fBps_setformat\fR (\fIn_decimals\fP) .br \fBint\fR \fIn_decimals\fP; .RS 10 Sets number of decimals to be used when writing color or gray values. The default setting of 3 gives 1000 choices per red, green, and blue value, which is more than the 255 choices offered by most 24-bit platforms. Choosing a lower value will make the output file smaller at the expense of less color resolution. Still, a value of 2 gives 100 x 100 x 100 = 1 million colors, more than most eyes can distinguish. For a setting of 1, you will have 10 nuances per primary color and a total of 1000 unique combinations. .RE .IP void \fBps_setline\fR (\fIlinewidth\fP) .br \fBint\fR \fIlinewidth\fP; .RS 10 Changes the current linewidth in DPI units. 0 gives thinnest line, but the use of 0 is implementation-dependent (Works fine on most laserwriters). .RE .IP void \fBps_setpaint\fR (\fIrgb\fP) .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3]\fP; .RS 10 Changes the current RGB setting for pens and text. .RE .IP void \fBps_square\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a square and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_star\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a star and fills it with the specified color. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_text\fR (\fIx, y, pointsize, text, angle, justify, form\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, angle\fP; .br \fBchar\fR \fI*text\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIpointsize, justify, form\fP; .RS 10 The \fItext\fP is plotted starting at (\fIx,y\fP), and will make an \fIangle\fP with the horizontal. The point (\fIx,y\fP) maps onto different points of the textstring by giving various values for \fIjustify\fP. It is used as follows: .LP .RS 10 9------------10----------- 11 .br | | .br 5 6 7 .br | | .br 1------------ 2------------ 3 .RE The box represents the textstring. E.g., to plot a textstring with its center of gravity at (\fIx,y\fP), you must use \fIjustify\fP == 6. If \fIjustify\fP is negative, then all leading and trailing blanks are stripped before plotting. Certain character sequences (flags) have special meaning to ps_text. @~ toggles between current font and the Mathematical Symbols font. @%\fIno\fP% sets font to \fIno\fP; @%% resets to starting font. @- turns subscript on/off, @+ turns superscript on/off, @# turns small caps on/off, and @\\ will make a composite character of the following two character. Give fontsize in points (72 points = 1 inch). Normally, the text is typed using solid characters. To draw outline characters, set \fIform\fP == 1. .RE .IP void \fBps_textbox\fR (\fIx, y, pointsize, text, angle, justify, outline, dx, dy, rgb\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, angle, dx, dy\fP; .br \fBchar\fR \fI*text\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIpointsize, justify, outline, rgb[3]\fP; .RS 10 This function is used in conjugation with \fBps_text\fP when a box surrounding the text string is desired. Taking most of the arguments of \fBps_text\fP, the user must also specify the color of the resulting rectangle, and whether its outline should be drawn. More room between text and rectangle can be obtained by setting \fIdx\fP and \fIdy\fP accordingly. .RE .IP void \fBps_transrotate\fR (\fIx, y, angle\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, angle\fP; .RS 10 Translates the origin to (\fIx,y\fP), then rotates the coordinate system by \fIangle\fP degrees. .RE .IP void \fBps_triangle\fR (\fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxcenter, ycenter, diameter\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Plots a triangle and paints it with the specified RGB combination. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current pen-width and -pattern. The symbol will fit inside a circle of given diameter. .RE .IP void \fBps_vector\fR (\fIxtail, ytail, xtip, ytip, tailwidth, headlength, headwidth, headshape, rgb, outline\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIxtail, ytail, xtip, ytip, tailwidth, headlength, headwidth, headshape\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIrgb[3], outline\fP; .RS 10 Draws a vector of size and appearance as specified by the various parameters. \fIheadshape\fP can take on values from 0-1 and specifies how far the intersection point between the base of a straight vector head and the vector line is moved toward the tip. 0 gives a triangular head, 1.0 gives an arrow shaped head. If \fIoutline\fP == 1, the outline will be drawn using current penwidth. .RE .IP void \fBps_words\fR (\fIx, y, text, n_words, line_space, par_width, par_just, font, font_size, angle, rgb, justify, draw_box, x_off, y_off, x_gap, y_gap, boxpen_width, boxpen_texture, boxpen_offset, boxpen_rgb, vecpen_width, vecpen_texture, vecpen_offset, vecpen_rgb, boxfill_rgb\fP) .br \fBdouble\fR \fIx, y, line_space, par_width, angle, x_off, y_off, x_gap, y_gap\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIn_words, font, font_size, justify, draw_box, boxpen_width, boxpen_offset\fP; .br \fBint\fR \fIboxpen_rgb[3], vecpen_width, vecpen_offset, vecpen_rgb[3], boxfill_rgb[3]\fP; .br \fBchar\fP \fI**text, *boxpen_texture, *vecpen_texture\fP; .RS 10 Typesets paragraphs of text. \fItext\fP is an array of the words to typeset, using the given line-spacing and paragraph width. The whole text block is positioned at \fIx, y\fP which is the anchor point on the box as indicated by \fIjustify\fP (see ps_text). The whole block is then shifted by \fIx_off, y_off\fP. Inside the box, text is justified left, centered, right, or justified as governed by \fIpar_just\fP (lcrj). \fIdraw_box\fP contains 4 bit flags pertaining to the surrounding outline box. If on, the first (lowest) bit draws the box outline. The second bit fills the box interior. The third bit makes the outline box have rounded corners (unless \fIx_gap, y_gap\fP, which specifies the padding between the text and the box, are zero), while the forth bit draws a line from the original \fIx, y\fP point to the shifted position. The escape sequences described for ps_text applies here, as well as two additional commands: @;\fIr/g/b\fP; changes the font color (@;; resets it), and @:\fIsize\fP: changes the font size (@:: resets it). .RE .SH AUTHOR Paul Wessel, School of Ocean and Earth Science and Technology, 1680 East-West Road, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822, (808) 956-4778, Internet address: wessel@soest.hawaii.edu. .SH BUGS Caveat Emptor: The author is \fBnot\fP responsible for any disasters, suicide attempts, or ulcers caused by correct \fBor\fP incorrect use of \fBpslib\fR. If you find bugs, please report them to the author by electronic mail. Be sure to provide enough detail so that I can recreate the problem. .SH RESTRICTIONS Due to the finite memory of some output devices like Laserwriters, certain restrictions due to limitations of the \fIPostScript\fP interpreter apply: For now, the arrays passed to \fBps_clipon\fP and \fBps_polygon\fP must contain less than about 1350 points. Also, the buffer array passed to \fBps_image\fP must be able to fit in the available memory. Check the specifications of the hardcopy device you are using. Note that some Raster Image Processors (RIPs) do not support direct color so that the colors you get may not be exactly the ones you wanted. This is a limitation of the RIP, not the underlying \fIPostScript\fP code generated by \fBpslib\fR. .SH REFERENCES Adobe Systems Inc., 1990, \fIPostScript\fP language reference manual, 2nd edition, Addison-Wesley, (ISBN 0-201-18127-4). GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psmask.l0100664000213500001460000001756210000130715015014 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSMASK l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psmask \- To clip or mask areas of no data on a map .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsmask\fP [\fIxyzfile\fP] \fB\-I\fP\fIdx\fP[\fBm|c\fP][\fI/dy\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIdumpfile\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIradius\fP[\fBk\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .br .sp \fBpsmask\fP \fB\-C\fP [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsmask\fP reads a (x,y,z) file [or standard input] and uses this information to find out which grid cells are reliable. Only gridcells which have one or more data points are considered reliable. As an option, you may specify a radius of influence. Then, all gridcells that are within \fIradius\fP of a data point are considered reliable. Furthermore, an option is provided to reverse the sense of the test. Having found the reliable/not reliable points, \fBpsmask\fP will either paint tiles to mask these nodes (with the \fB\-T\fP) switch, or use contouring to create polygons that will clip out regions of no interest. When clipping is initiated, it will stay in effect until turned off by a second call to \fBpsmask\fP using the \fB\-C\fP option. .TP \fIxyzfile\fP File with (x,y,z) values (e.g., that was used to run \fBsurface\fP). If no file is given, standard input is read. For binary files, see \fB\-b\fP. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments .sp .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Mark end of existing clip path. No input file is needed. Implicitly sets \fB\-O\fP. .TP .B \-D Dumps out the resulting clipping polygons to disk. Ignored if \fB\-T\fP is set. If no dumpprefix is given we use mask (Files will be called mask_*.d). .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation for perspective plots [180/90]' .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration. [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-G Paint the clip polygons [or tiles] with selected fill [Default is no fill]. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file(s). Segments are separated by a special record. For ASCII files the first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. For binary files all fields must be NaN. .TP .B \-N Invert the sense of the test, i.e. clip regions where there is data coverage. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-S Sets radius of influence. Grid nodes within \fIradius\fP of a data point are considered reliable. [Default is 0, which means that only grid cells with data in them are reliable]. Append \fBk\fP to indicated km, also implying that \fB\-R \-I\fP are in degrees. .TP .B \-T Plot tiles instead of clip polygons (Only works with \fB\-Jx\fP, \fB\-Jj\fP, \fB\-Jm\fP, \fB\-Jq\fP, and \fB\-Jy\fP). .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To make an overlay \fIPostScript\fP file that will mask out the regions of a contour map where there is no control data using clip polygons, try: .br .sp psmask africa_grav.xyg \fB\-R\fP20/40/20/40 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-J\fPM10\fBi\fP \fB\-O \-K\fP > mask.ps .br .sp The same example but this time we use tiling: .br .sp psmask africa_grav.xyg \fB\-R\fP20/40/20/40 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-J\fPM10\fBi\fP \fB\-T \-O \-K\fP > mask.ps .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdmask (l), .IR surface (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psclip (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psrose.l0100664000213500001460000001336710000130715015030 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSROSE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psrose \- Plot (length, azimuth) as windrose diagram or polar histogram (sector or rose diagram). .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsrose\fP \fIfile\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIsector_width\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP[\fImode-file\fP] ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIparameters\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIr0/r1/az_0/az_1\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIradial_scale\fP[\fBn\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIscale\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsrose\fP reads (length,azimuth) pairs from \fIfile\fP [or standard input] and generates \fIPostScript\fP code that will plot a windrose diagram. Optionally (with \fB\-A\fP), polar histograms may be drawn (sector diagram or rose diagram). Options include full circle and half circle plots. The \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. .TP \fIfile\fP Name of ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] data file. If no file is given, psrose will read standard input. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A Gives the sector width in degrees for sector and rose diagram. [Default 0 means windrose diagram]. Append \fBr\fP to draw rose diagram instead of sector diagram. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. Remember that "x" here is radial distance and "y" is azimuth. The ylabel may be used to plot a figure caption. .TP .B \-C Plot vectors showing the principal directions given in the \fImodes\fP file. If no file is given, compute and plot mean direction. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation [180/90]' .TP .B \-G Selects shade or color for sector infill [Default is no fill]. Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Inquire. Computes statistics needed to specify useful \fB\-R\fP. No plot is generated. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Specify new arrow attributes tailwidth/headlength/headwidth/r/g/b to change the appearance of arrows (Only if \fB\-C\fP is set). [Default is 0.075\fBc\fP/0.3\fBc\fP/0.25\fBc\fP/0/0/0 (or 0.03\fBi\fP/0.12\fBi\fP/0.1\fBi\fP/0/0/0)]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-R Specifies the 'region' of interest in (r,azimuth) space. r0 is 0, r1 is max length in units. For azimuth, specify -90/90 for half circle plot or 0/360 for full circle. .TP .B \-S Specifies radius of circle. Append \fBn\fP to normalize input radii to go from 0 to 1. .TP .B \-T Specifies that the input data is orientation data (has a 180 degree ambiguity) instead of true 0-360 degree directions [Default]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Set pen attributes for sector outline or rose plot. [Default is no outline]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z Multiply the data radii by \fIscale\fP. E.g., use \fB\-Z\fP0.001 to convert your data from m to km [Default is no scaling]. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-: Input file has (azimuth,radius) pairs rather than the expected (radius,azimuth). .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To plot a half circle rose diagram of the data in the file fault_segments.az_r (containing pairs of (azimuth, length in meters), using a 10 degree bin sector width, on a circle of radius = 3 inch, grid going out to radius = 150 km in steps of 25 km with a 30 degree sector interval, radial direction annotated every 50 km, using a light blue shading (200/240/255) outlined by a solid red pen (width = 0.75 points), draw the mean azimuth, and shown in Portrait orientation, try: .br .sp psrose fault_segments.az_r \fB\-R\fP0/150/-90/90 \fB\-B\fP50g25:"Fault length":/g30:."Rose diagram": \fB\-S\fP3\fBi\fP \fB\-A\fP10\fBr \-G\fP200/240/255 \fB\-W\fP0.75\fBp\fP/255/0/0 \fB\-Z\fP0.001 \fB\-C\fP \fB\-P \-T\fP \fB\-:\fP | lpr .br .sp To plot a full circle wind rose diagram of the data in the file lines.r_az, on a circle of radius = 5 cm, grid going out to radius = 500 units in steps of 100 with a 45 degree sector interval, using a solid pen (width = 0.5 point), and shown in landscape [Default] orientation with UNIX timestamp and command line plotted, try: .br .sp psrose lines.az_r \fB\-R\fP0/500/0/360 \fB\-S\fP5\fBc\fP \fB\-Bg\fP100/\fBg\fP45:."Windrose diagram": \fB\-W\fP0.5\fBp\fP \fB\-Uc\fP | lpr .SH BUGS No default radial scale and grid settings for polar histograms. User must run \fBpsrose \-I\fP to find max length in binned data set. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtdefaults (l), .IR pshistogram (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psscale.l0100664000213500001460000001134610000130715015142 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSSCALE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psscale \- Create grayscale or colorscale for maps .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsscale\fP \fB\-D\fP\fIxpos/ypos/length/width[h]\fP [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcpt_file\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP[\fIlength\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP[\fImax_intens\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIdpi\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V \fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzfile\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsscale\fP plots grayscales or colorscales on maps. Both horizontal and vertical scales are supported. For cpt_files with gradational colors (i.e., the lower and upper boundary of an interval have different r/g/b values) \fBpsscale\fP will interpolate to give a continuous scale. Variations in intensity due to shading/illumination may be displayed by setting the option \fB\-I\fP. Colors may be spaced according to a linear scale, all be equal size, or by providing a file with individual tile widths. .TP .B \-D Defines the position of the center/top (for horizontal scale) or center/left (for vertical scale) and the dimensions of the scale. Append \fIh\fP to get a horizontal scale [Default is vertical]. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Set anotation, tick, and gridline interval for the colorbar. The xaxis label will plot beneath a horizontal bar (or vertically to the right of a vertical bar). As an option, use the yaxis label to plot the data unit to the right of a horizontal bar (and above a vertical bar). If no values are provided, the default is to anotate every color level (which may be overridden by ULB flags in the cpt file). Note that since vertical labels will be plotted as a column of individual characters, no octal escape characters imbedded in the label are allowed. .TP .B \-C \fIcpt_file\fP is the color palette file to be used. By default all color changes are anotated. To use a subset, add an extra column to the cpt-file with a L, U, or B to anotate Lower, Upper, or Both color segment boundaries (but see \fB\-B\fP). If not given, \fBpsscale\fP will read stdin. As for \fBgrdview\fP, \fBpsscale\fP can understand pattern specifications in the cpt file. .TP .B \-E Add sidebar triangles for back- and foreground colors. Optionally, append triangle height [Default is half the barwidth]. .TP .B \-I Add illumination effects. Optionally, set the range of intensities from + to - \fImax_intens\fP. If not specified, 1.0 is used. [Default is no illumination] .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Gives equal-sized color rectangles. Default scales rectangles according to the z-range in the cpt-file (Also see \fB\-Z\fP). If set, any equal interval annotation set with \fB\-B\fP will be ignored. .TP .B \-M Force a monochrome graybar using the (television) YIQ transformation. .TP .B \-N Effective dots-per-inch for the rectangular image making up the color scale [300]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z File with colorbar-width per color entry. By default, width of entry is scaled to color range, i.e., z = 0-100 gives twice the width as z = 100-150 (Also see \fB\-L\fP). .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To append a vertical colorscale (7.5 cm long; 1.25 cm wide) to the right of a plot that is 6 inch wide and 4 inch high, using illumination, and show back- and foreground colors, and anotating every 5 units, try .br .sp psscale \fB\-D\fP6.5\fBi\fP/2\fBi\fP/7.5\fBc\fP/1.25\fBc\fP \fB\-O \-C\fPcolors.cpt \fB\-I \-E\fP \fB\-B\fP5:BATHYMETRY:/:m: >> map.ps .SH NOTES When the cpt file is discrete and no illumination is specified, the color bar will be painted using polygons. For all other cases we must paint with an image. Some color printers may give slightly different colors for the two methods given identical RGB values. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR makecpt (l), .IR grd2cpt (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pstext.l0100664000213500001460000002553010000130715015037 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSTEXT l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pstext \- To plot text on maps .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpstext\fP \fItextfile\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIdx/dy\fP ] \fB\-D\fP[\fBj\fP]\fIdx/dy\fP[\fBv\fP[\fIred/green/blue\fP] ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIred/green/blue\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIpen\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fIred/green/blue\fP][\fBo|O|c|C\fP[\fIpen\fP]] ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpstext\fP plots textstrings of variable size, font type, and orientation. Various map projections are provided, with the option to draw and annotate the map boundaries. \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. Greek characters, subscript, superscript, and small caps are supported as follows: The sequence @~ toggles between the selected font and Greek (Symbol). @%\fIno\fP% sets the font to \fIno\fP; @%% resets the font to the starting font, @- toggles subscripts on/off, @+ toggles superscript on/off, and @# toggles small caps on/off. @@ prints the @ sign. @e, @o, @a, @E, @O, @A give the accented Scandinavian characters. Composite characters (overstrike) may be indicated with the @! sequence, which will print the two characters on top of each other. To learn the octal codes for symbols not available on the keyboard and some accented European characters, see Section 4.16 and Appendix F in the \fBGMT\fP Technical Reference and Cookbook. Note that WANT_EURO_FONT must be set to TRUE in your .gmtdefaults file in order to use the accented characters. Using the \fB\-W\fP option, a colored rectangle underlying the text may be plotted (Does not work for strings with sub/super scripts, symbols, or composite characters, except in paragraph mode (\fB\-M\fP)). .TP \fItextfile\fP This file contains 1 or more records with (\fIx, y, size, angle, fontno, justify, text\fP). If no file is given, \fBpstext\fP will read standard input. \fIsize\fP is text size in points, \fIangle\fP is measured in degrees counter-clockwise from horizontal, \fIfontno\fP sets the font type, \fIjustify\fP sets the alignment. If \fIfontno\fP is not an integer, then it is taken to be a textstring with the desired fontname. See the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for names and numbers of avaiable fonts (or run \fBpstext \-L\fP). The alignment refers to the part of the textstring that will be mapped onto the (\fIx,y\fP) point. Choose a 2 character combination of L, C, R (for left, center, or right) and T, M, B for top, middle, or bottom. e.g., BL for lower left. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-Jz Sets the vertical scaling (for 3-D maps). Same syntax as \fB\-Jx\fP. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Sets the clearance between the text and the surrounding box [0.15\fBc\fP/0.15\fBc\fP (or 0.05\fBi\fP/0.05\fBi\fP)]. Only used if \fB\-W\fP is specified. .TP .B \-D Offsets the text from the projected (\fIx,y\fP) point by \fIdx,dy\fP [0/0]. Use \fB-Dj\fP to offset the text away from the point instead (i.e. the text's justification' will determine the direction of the shift). In paragraph mode (\fB\-M\fP), one may append \fBv\fP which will draw a line from the original point to the shifted point. Optionally append a \fIpen\fP for this line. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation (for perspective view) [180/90].' (Not implemented for paragraph mode). .TP .B \-G Sets the gray-shade (0-255) or color (r/g/b, each 0-255) used for drawing the text. [Default is black] .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Lists the font-numbers and font-names available, then exits. .TP .B \-M Paragraph mode. Files must be multiple segment files. Segments are separated by a special record whose first character must be \fIflag\fP [Default is '>']. Starting in the 3rd column, we expect to find information pertaining to the typesetting of a text paragraph (the remaining lines until next segment header). The information expected is (x y size angle fontno justify linespace parwidth parjust), where \fIx y size angle fontno justify\fP are defined above, while \fIlinespace\fP and \fIparwidth\fP are the linespacing and paragraph width, respectively. The justification of the text paragraph is governed by \fIparjust\fP which may be \fBl\fP(eft), \fBc\fP(enter), \fBr\fP(ight), or \fBj\fP(ustified). The segment header is followed by one or more lines with paragraph text. Text may contain the escape sequences discussed above as well as three more: @;\fIr/g/b\fP; changes the font color (@;; resets it), @:\fIsize\fP: changes the font size (@:: resets it), and @_ toggles underline on/off. Separate paragraphs with a blank line. .TP .B \-N Do NOT clip text at map boundaries [Default will clip]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-S Draw text outline. Append pen attributes. (Not implemented for paragraph mode). .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Paint a rectangle beneath the text string. Set color [Default is no fill]. Append \fBo\fP to draw rectangle outline, add a \fIpen\fP to specify pen attributes [1/0/0/0]. Choose upper case \fBO\fP to get a rounded rectangle (only in paragraph mode). Choose lower case \fBc\fP to get a concave rectangle (only in paragraph mode). Choose upper case \fBC\fP to get a convex rectangle (only in paragraph mode). .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z For 3-D projections: Sets the z-level of the basemap [0]. (Not implemented for paragraph mode). .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .SH EXAMPLES To plot the outlines of the textstrings stored in the file text.d on a Mercator plot with the given specifications, try .br .sp pstext text.d \fB\-R\fP-30/30/-10/20 \fB\-Jm\fP0.1\fBi\fP \fB\-P \-B\fP5 \fB\-S\fP0.5\fBp\fP > plot.ps .br .sp To add a typeset figure caption for a 3-inch wide illustration, try .br .sp pstext \fB\-R\fP0/3/0/5 \fB\-JX\fP3\fBi\fP \fB\-O \-H \-M \-N\fP << EOF >> figure.ps .br This is an optional header record .br > 0 -0.5 12 0 4 LT 13p 3i j .br @%5%Figure 1.@%% This illustration shows nothing useful, but it still needs .br a figure caption. Highlighted in @;255/0/0;red@;; you can see the locations .br of cities where it is @_impossible@_ to get any good Thai food; these are to be avoided. .br EOF .br .SH BUGS Except for paragraph mode, the horizontal justification of surrounding rectangles does not work when Greek symbols, sub- and superscripts, and/or composite characters are imbedded in the textstring. In paragraph mode, the presence of composite characters and other escape sequences may lead to unfortunate word splitting. Finally, the outline option does not work with the escape sequences. .br The \fB\-N\fP option does not adjust the BoundingBox information so you may have to post-process the PostScript outout with epstool or ps2epsi to obtain a correct BoundingBox. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR psbasemap (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/pswiggle.l0100664000213500001460000002042010000130715015322 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSWIGGLE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME pswiggle \- Plot anomaly along track on a map .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpswiggle\fP \fIxyz_files\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] \fB\-Z\fP\fIscale\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIazimuth\fP ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcenter\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIgap\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfillrgb\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIfix_az\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fBx\fP]\fIlon0/lat0/length\fP[\fIunits\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fItrack_pen\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V \fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP\fIwiggle_pen\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpswiggle\fP reads (x,y,z) triplets from files [or standard input] and plots z as a function of distance along track. This means that two consecutive (x,y) points define the local distance axis, and the local z axis is then perpendicular to the distance axis. The user may set a preferred positive anomaly plot direction, and if the positive normal is outside the plus/minus 90 degree window around the preferred direction, then 180 degrees are added to the direction. Either the positive or the negative wiggle may be shaded. The resulting \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. .TP \fIfiles\fP List one or more file-names. If no files are given, \fBpswiggle\fP will read standard input. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-Z Gives anomaly scale in data-units/distance-unit. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A Sets the preferred positive azimuth. Positive wiggles will "gravitate" towards that direction. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Subtract \fIcenter\fP from the data set before plotting [0]. .TP .B \-D Means there is a data gap if 2 consecutive points are more than \fIgap\fP distance units apart. For longitude/latitude data \fIgap\fP is in km, else it is in the user's units.' .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation [180/90]' .TP .B \-G Set fill of positive wiggles. [Default is black] Specify the shade (0\-255) or color (r/g/b, each in 0\-255). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Set a fixed azimuth projection for wiggles [Default uses track azimuth, but see \fB\-A\fP]. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N Paint negative wiggles instead of positive [Default]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-S Draws a simple vertical scale centered on \fIlon0/lat0\fP. Use \fB\-Sx\fP to specify cartesian coordinates instead. \fIlength\fP is in z units, append unit name for labeling .TP .B \-T Draw track [Default is no track]. Append pen attributes to use [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Draw wiggle outline [Default is no outline]. Append pen attributes to use [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES To plot the magnetic anomaly stored in the file track.xym along track @ 1000 nTesla/cm (after removing a mean value of 32000 Tesla), using a 15 -cm-wide Polar Stereographic map ticked every 5 degrees in Portrait mode, with positive anomalies in red on a blue track of width 0.25 points, try .br .sp pswiggle track.xym \fB\-R\fP-20/10/-80/-60 \fB\-JS\fP0/90/15\fBc\fP \fB\-Z\fP1000 \fB\-B\fP5 \fB\-P \-G\fP255/0/0 \fB\-T\fP0.25\fBp\fP/0/0/255 \fB\-S\fP1000 \fB\-V\fP > track_xym.ps .SH BUGS Sometimes the (x,y) coordinates are not printed with enough significant digits, so the local perpendicular to the track swings around a lot. To see if this is the problem, you should do this: .br .sp awk '{ if (NR > 1) print atan2(y-$1, x-$2); y=$1; x=$2; }' yourdata.xyz | more .br .sp (note that output is in radians; on some machines you need "nawk" to do this). Then if these numbers jump around a lot, you may do this: .br .sp gmtset D_FORMAT %.12lg .br awk '{ print NR, $0 }' yourdata.xyz | filter1d \fB\-Fb\fP5 \fB\-N\fP4/0 > smoothed.xyz .br .sp and plot this data set instead. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR filter1d (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR splitxyz (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psxy.l0100664000213500001460000003400210000130715014505 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSXY l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psxy \- Plot lines, polygons, and symbols on maps .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsxy\fP \fIfiles\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP[\fBx|y|X|Y\fP][\fIcap\fP][\fP/pen\fP] ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fIsymbol\fP][\fIsize\fP] ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fIpen\fP] ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsxy\fP reads (x,y) pairs from \fIfiles\fP [or standard input] and generates \fIPostScript\fP code that will plot lines, polygons, or symbols at those locations on a map. If a symbol is selected and no symbol size given, then psxy will interpret the third column of the input data as symbol size. Symbols whose size is <= 0 are skipped. If no symbols are specified then the symbol code (see \fB\-S\fP below) must be present as last column in the input. Multiple segment files may be plotted using the \fB\-M\fP option. If \fB\-S\fP is not selected, a line connecting the data points will be drawn instead. To explicitly close polygons, use \fB\-L\fP. Select a shade with \fB\-G\fP. If \fB\-G\fP is set, \fB\-W\fP will control whether the polygon outline is drawn or not. If a symbol is selected, \fB\-G\fP and \fB\-W\fP determines the fill color and outline/no outline, respectively. The \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. .TP \fIfiles\fP List one or more file-names. If no files are given, \fBpsxy\fP will read standard input. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-A Suppress drawing line segments as great circle Arcs. [Default draws great circle arcs.] .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Give a color palette file. When used with -S, lets symbol color be determined by the z-value in the third column. Additional fields are shifted over by one column (optional size would be 4th rather than 3rd field, etc.). If -S is not set, psxy expects the user to supply a multisegment polygon file (requires -M) and will look for -Z\fIval\fP strings in each multisegment header. The \fIval\fP will control the color via the cpt file. .TP .B \-E Draw error bars. Append \fBx\fP and/or \fBy\fP to indicate which bars you want to draw (Default is both x and y). The x and/or y errors must be stored in the columns after the (x,y) pair [or (x,y,size) triplet]. The \fIcap\fP parameter indicates the length of the end-cap on the error bars [0.25c (or 0.1i)]. Pen attributes for error bars may also be set. [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. If upper case \fBX\fP and/or \fBY\fP is used we will instead draw "box-and-whisker" (or "stem-and-leaf") symbols. The x (or y) coordinate is then taken as the median value, and 4 more columns are expected to contain the minimum (0% quartile), the 25% quartile, the 75% quartile, and the maximum (100% quartile) values. The 25-75% box may be filled by using \fB\-G\fP. .TP .B \-G Select filling of polygons and symbols. Append the shade (0\-255), color (r/g/b), or \fBP\fP|\fBp\fP\fIdpi\fP/\fIpattern\fP (polygons only) [Default is no fill]. Note when \fB\-M\fP is chosen, \fIpsxy\fP will search for \fB\-G\fP and \fB\-W\fP strings in all the subheaders and let any found values over-ride the command line settings. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Force closed polygons: connect the endpoints of the line-segment(s) and draw polygons. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N Do NOT skip symbols that fall outside map border [Default plots points inside border only]. The option does not apply to lines and polygons which are always clipped to the map region. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-S Plot symbols. If present, \fIsize\fP is symbol size in the unit set in .gmtdefaults (unless \fBc\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBm\fP, or \fBp\fP is appended). The uppercase symbols \fBA, C, D, H, I, S, T\fP are normalized to have the same area as the circle, while the corresponding lowercase symbols all are circumscribed by the circle. Choose between these symbol codes: .TP .B \-S Read symbol code (see below) from last column in the input data. Cannot be used in conjunction with \fB\-b\fP. Optionally, append \fBc\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBm\fP, \fBp\fP to indicate that the size information in the input data is in units of cm, inch, meter, or point, respectively. [Default is MEASURE_UNIT]. .TP .B \-Sa st\fBa\fPr. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Sb \fBb\fPar extending from \fIbase\fP to y. \fIsize\fP is bar width. Append \fBu\fP if \fIsize\fP is in x-units [Default is plot-distance units]. By default, \fIbase\fP = 0. Append \fBb\fP\fIbase\fP to change this value. .TP .B \-Sc \fBc\fPircle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circle. .TP .B \-Sd \fBd\fPiamond. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Se \fBe\fPllipse. Direction (in degrees counter-clockwise from horizontal), major_axis, and minor_axis must be found in columns 3, 4, and 5. .TP .B \-SE Same as \fB\-Se\fP, except azimuth (in degrees east of north) should be given instead of direction. The azimuth will be mapped into an angle based on the chosen map projection (\fB\-Se\fP leaves the directions unchanged.) Furthermore, the axes lengths must be given in km instead of plot-distance units. .TP .B \-Sf \fBf\fPront. \fB\-Sf\fP\fIgap/size\fP[\fIdir\fP][\fItype\fP][:\fIoffset\fP]. Supply distance gap between symbols and symbol size. If \fIgap\fP is negative, it is interpreted to mean the number of symbols along the front instead. Append \fIdir\fP to plot symbols on the \fBl\fPeft or \fBr\fPight side of the front [Default is centered]. Append \fItype\fP to specify which symbol to plot: \fBb\fPox, \fBc\fPircle, \fBf\fPault, \fBs\fPlip, or \fBt\fPriangle. [Default is fault]. Slip means left-lateral or right-lateral strike-slip arrows (centered is not an option). Append :\fIoffset\fP to offset the first symbol from the beginning of the front by that amount [Default is 0]. .TP .B \-Sh \fBh\fPexagon. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Si \fBi\fPnverted triangle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Sl \fBl\fPetter or text string (less than 64 characters). Give size, and append /\fIstring\fP after the size. Note that the size is only approximate; no individual scaling is done for different characters. Remember to escape special characters like *. Optionally, you may append %\fIfont\fP to select a particular font [Default is ANOT_FONT]. .TP .B \-Sp \fBp\fPoint. No size needs to be specified (1 pixel is used). .TP .B \-Ss \fBs\fPquare. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-St \fBt\fPriangle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Sv \fBv\fPector. Direction (in degrees counter-clockwise from horizontal) and length must be found in columns 3 and 4. \fIsize\fP, if present, will be interpreted as arrowwidth/headlength/headwidth [Default is 0.075\fBc\fP/0.3\fBc\fP/0.25\fBc\fP (or 0.03\fBi\fP/0.12\fBi\fP/0.1\fBi\fP)]. By default arrow attributes remains invariant to the length of the arrow. To have the size of the vector scale down with decreasing size, append \fBn\fP\fInorm\fP, where vectors shorter than \fInorm\fP will have their attributes scaled by length/\fInorm\fP. .TP .B \-SV Same as \fB\-Sv\fP, except azimuth (in degrees east of north) should be given instead of direction. The azimuth will be mapped into an angle based on the chosen map projection (\fB\-Sv\fP leaves the directions unchanged.) .TP .B \-Sw pie \fBw\fPedge. Start and stop directions (in degrees counter-clockwise from horizontal) for pie slice must be found in columns 3 and 4. .TP .B \-Sx cross. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Set pen attributes. [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. Implicitly draws the outline of symbols with selected pen. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is the required number of columns given the chosen settings]. .SH EXAMPLES To plot solid red circles (diameter = 0.25 cm) at the positions listed in the file DSDP.xy on a Mercator map at 5 cm/degree of the area 150E to 154E, 18N to 23N, with tickmarks every 1 degree and gridlines every 15 minutes, try: .br .sp psxy DSDP.xy \fB\-R\fP150/154/18/23 \fB\-Jm\fP5\fBc \-Sc\fP0.25\fBc\fP \fB\-G\fP255/0/0 \fB\-B\fP1\fBg\fP15\fBm\fP | lpr .br .sp To plot the xyz values in the file quakes.xyzm as circles with size given by the magnitude in the 4th column and color based on the depth in the third using the color palette cpt on a linear map, try .br .sp psxy quakes.xyzm \fB\-R\fP0/1000/0/1000 \fB\-JX\fP6\fBi\fP \fB\-Sc\fP \fB\-C\fPcpt \fB\-B\fP200 > map.ps .br .sp To plot the file trench.xy on a Mercator map, with white triangles with sides 0.25 inch on the left side of the line, spaced every 0.8 inch, use .br .sp psxy trench.xy \fB\-R\fP150/200/20/50 \fB\-Jm\fP0.15\fBi \-Sf\fP0.8\fBi\fP/0.1\fBilt\fP \fB\-G\fP255 \fB\-W \-B\fP10 | lpr br .sp To plot the data in the file misc.d as symbols determined by the code in the last column, and with size given by the magnitude in the 4th column, and color based on the third column via the color palette cpt on a linear map, try .br .sp psxy misc.d \fB\-R\fP0/100/-50/100 \fB\-JX\fP6\fBi\fP \fB\-S\fP \fB\-C\fPcpt \fB\-B\fP20 > t.ps .SH BUGS The \fB\-N\fP option does not adjust the BoundingBox information so you may have to post-process the PostScript outout with epstool or ps2epsi to obtain a correct BoundingBox. .br \fBpsxy\fP cannot handle filling of polygons that contain the south or north pole. For such a polygon, make a copy and split it into two and make each explicitly contain the polar point. The two polygons will combine to give the desired effect when filled; to draw outline use the original polygon. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psxyz (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/psxyz.l0100664000213500001460000003167110000130715014710 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH PSXYZ l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME psxyz \- Plot lines, polygons, and symbols in 3-D .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpsxyz\fB \fIfiles\fP \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP \fB\-R\fIwest/east/south/north/zmin/zmax\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-B\fP\fItickinfo\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcptfile\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIazimuth/elevation\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIfill\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fIsymbol\fP][\fIsize\fP] ] [ \fB\-U\fP[\fI/dx/dy/\fP][\fIlabel\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP[\fIpen\fP] ] [ \fB\-X\fP\fIx-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP\fIy-shift\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIzlevel\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-c\fP\fIcopies\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBpsxyz\fP reads (x,y,z) triplets from \fIfiles\fP [or standard input] and generates \fIPostScript\fP code that will plot lines, polygons, or symbols at those locations in 3-D. If a symbol is selected and no symbol size given, then psxyz will interpret the fourth column of the input data as symbol size. Symbols whose size is <= 0 are skipped. If no symbols are specified then the symbol code (see \fB\-S\fP below) must be present as last column in the input. Multiple segment files may be plotted using the \fB\-M\fP option. If no symbols are selected, a line will be drawn. To explicitly close polygons, use \fB\-L\fP. Select a shade with \fB\-G\fP. If \fB\-G\fP is set, \fB\-W\fP will control whether the polygon outline is drawn or not. If a symbol is selected, \fB\-G\fP and \fB\-W\fP determines the fill color and outline/no outline, respectively. The \fIPostScript\fP code is written to standard output. .TP \fIfiles\fP List one or more file-names. If no files are given, \fBpsxyz\fP will read standard input. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-Jz Sets the vertical scaling (for 3-D maps). Same syntax as \fB\-Jx\fP. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-B Sets map boundary tickmark intervals. See \fBpsbasemap\fP for details. .TP .B \-C Give a color palette file. If -S is set, let symbol color be determined by the t-value in the fourth column. Additional fields are shifted over by one column (optional size would be in 5th rather than 4th field, etc.). If -S is not set, then psxyz expects a multisegment polygon file (requires -M) where each segment header contains a -Z\fIval\fP string. The \fIval\fP controls the polygon color via the cpt file. .TP .B \-E Sets the viewpoint's azimuth and elevation [180/90].' .TP .B \-G Select filling of polygons and symbols. Append the shade (0\-255), color (r/g/b), or \fBP\fP|\fBp\fP\fIdpi\fP/\fIpattern\fP (polygons only) [Default is no fill]. Note when \fB\-M\fP is chosen, \fIpsxyz\fP will search for \fB\-G\fP and \fB\-W\fP strings in all the subheaders and let any found values over-ride the command line settings. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-K More \fIPostScript\fP code will be appended later [Default terminates the plot system]. .TP .B \-L Force closed polygons: will connect the endpoints of the line-sement(s) and draw polygons. .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N Do NOT skip symbols that fall outside map border [Default plots points inside border only]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .TP .B \-P Selects Portrait plotting mode [\fBGMT\fP Default is Landscape, see gmtdefaults to change this]. .TP .B \-S Plot symbols. \fIsize\fP is symbol size in the unit set in .gmtdefaults (unless \fBc\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBm\fP, or \fBp\fP is appended). The uppercase symbols \fBA, C, D, H, I, S, T\fP are normalized to have the same area as a circle of given size, while the corresponding lowercase symbols are circumscribed by the circle. Choose between: .TP .B \-S Read symbol code (see below) from last column in the input data. Cannot be used in conjunction with \fB\-b\fP. Optionally, append \fBc\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBm\fP, \fBp\fP to indicate that the size information in the input data is in units of cm, inch, meter, or point, respectively. [Default is MEASURE_UNIT]. .TP .B \-Sa st\fBa\fPr. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Sb (\fBb\fP)ar extending from \fIbase\fP to y. \fIsize\fP is bar width. Append \fBu\fP if \fIsize\fP is in x-units [Default is plot-distance units]. By default, \fIbase\fP = 0. Append b\fIbase\fP to change this value. .TP .B \-Sc (\fBc\fP)ircle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circle. .TP .B \-Sd (\fBd\fP)iamond. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Se \fBe\fPllipse. Direction (in degrees counterclockwise from horizontal), major_axis, and minor_axis must be found in columns 4, 5, and 6. .TP .B \-SE Same as \fB\-Se\fP, except azimuth (in degrees east of north) should be given instead of direction. The azimuth will be mapped into an angle based on the chosen map projection (\fB\-Se\fP leaves the directions unchanged.) Furthermore, the axes lengths must be given in km instead of plot-distance units. .TP .B \-Sf \fBf\fPront. \fB\-Sf\fP\fIgap/size\fP[\fIdir\fP][\fItype\fP][:\fIoffset\fP]. Supply distance gap between symbols and symbol size. If \fIgap\fP is negative, it is interpreted to mean the number of symbols along the front instead. Append \fIdir\fP to plot symbols on the \fBl\fPeft or \fBr\fPight side of the front [Default is centered]. Append \fItype\fP to specify which symbol to plot: \fBb\fPox, \fBc\fPircle, \fBf\fPault, \fBs\fPlip, or \fBt\fPriangle. [Default is fault]. Slip means left-lateral or right-lateral strike-slip arrows (centered is not an option). Append :\fIoffset\fP to offset the first symbol from the beginning of the front by that amount [0]. .TP .B \-Sh \fBh\fPexagon. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Si \fBi\fPnverted triangle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Sl \fBl\fPetter or text string (less than 64 characters). Give size, and append /\fIstring\fP after the size. Note that the size is only approximate; no individual scaling is done for different characters. Remember to escape special characters like *. Optionally, you may append %\fIfont\fP to select a particular font [Default is ANOT_FONT]. .TP .B \-So c(\fBo\fP)lumn (3-D) extending from \fIbase\fP to z. \fIsize\fP sets base width (Use \fIxsize/ysize\fP if not the same). Append \fBu\fP if \fIsize\fP is in x-units [Default is plot-distance units]. By default, \fIbase\fP = 0. Append b\fIbase\fP to change this value. .TP .B \-Sp (\fBp\fP)oint. No size needs to be specified. .TP .B \-Ss (\fBs\fP)quare. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-St (\fBt\fP)riangle. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .TP .B \-Su c(\fBu\fP)be (3-D). \fIsize\fP sets length of all sides. Append \fBu\fP if \fIsize\fP is in x-units [Default is plot-distance units]. .TP .B \-Sv (\fBv\fP)ector. Direction and length must be found in columns 4 and 5. \fIsize\fP means \fIarrowwidth/headlength/headwidth\fP in [[Default is 0.075\fBc\fP/0.3\fBc\fP/0.25\fBc\fP (or 0.03\fBi\fP/0.12\fBi\fP/0.1\fBi\fP)]. By default arrow attributes remains invariant to the length of the arrow. To have the size of the vector scale down with decreasing size, append \fBn\fP\fInorm\fP, where vectors shorter than \fInorm\fP will have their attributes scaled by length/\fInorm\fP. .TP .B \-SV Same as \fB\-Sv\fP, except azimuth should be given instead of direction. The azimuth will be mapped into an angle based on the chosen map projection (\fB\-Sv\fP leaves the directions unchanged.) .TP .B \-Sw pie \fBw\fPedge. Start and stop directions (in degrees counter-clockwise from horizontal) for pie slice must be found in columns 4 and 5. .TP .B \-Sx (\fBx\fP)cross. \fIsize\fP is diameter of circumscribing circle. .br .TP .B \-U Draw Unix System time stamp on plot. User may specify where the lower left corner of the stamp should fall on the page relative to lower left corner of plot. Optionally, append a label, or \fBc\fP (which will plot the command string.). The GMT parameters UNIX_TIME and UNIX_TIME_POS can affect the appearance; see the \fBgmtdefaults\fP man page for details. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Set pen attributes. [Defaults: width = 1, color = 0/0/0, texture = solid]. Implicitly draws the outline of symbol with selected pen. .TP .B \-X \-Y Shift origin of plot by (\fIx-shift,y-shift\fP). Prepend \fBa\fP for absolute coordinates; the default (\fBr\fP) will reset plot origin. .TP .B \-Z For 3-D projections: Sets the z-level of the basemap [0]. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-c Specifies the number of plot copies. [Default is 1] .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is the required number of columns given the settings]. .SH EXAMPLES To plot blue columns (width = 1.25 cm) at the positions listed in the file heights.xyz on a 3-D projection of the space (0\-10), (0\-10), (0\-100), with tickmarks every 2, 2, and 10, viewing it from the southeast at 30 degree elevation, try: .br .sp psxyz heights.xyz \fB\-R\fP0/10/0/10/0/100 \fB\-Jx\fP1.25\fBc \-Jz\fP0.125\fBc \-So\fP1.25\fBc\fP \fB\-G\fP0/0/255 \fB\-B\fP2:XLABEL:/2:YLABEL:/10:ZLABEL::."3-D PLOT":15 \fB\-E\fP135/30 \fB\-Uc \-W\fP \fB\-P\fP > heights.ps .SH BUGS No hidden line removal is employed for polygons and lines. Symbols, however, are first sorted according to their distance from the viewpoint so that nearby symbols will overprint more distant ones should they project to the same x,y position. .br \fBpsxyz\fP cannot handle filling of polygons that contain the south or north pole. For such a polygon, make a copy and split it into two and make each explicitly contain the polar point. The two polygons will combine to give the desired effect when filled; to draw outline use the original polygon. .br The \fB\-N\fP option does not adjust the BoundingBox information so you may have to post-process the PostScript outout with epstool or ps2epsi to obtain a correct BoundingBox. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR psbasemap (l), .IR psxy (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/sample1d.l0100664000213500001460000000616010000130715015214 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH SAMPLE1D l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME sample1d \- Resampling of 1-D data sets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBsample1d\fP \fIinfile\fP [ \fB\-Fl|a|c\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIxinc\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIknotfile\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIxstart\fP ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fIx-col\fP] [ \fB\-V ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBsample1d\fP reads a multi-column ASCII [or binary] data set from file [or standard input] and resamples the timeseries/profile at locations where the user needs the values. The user must provide the column number of the independent (monotonically increasing \fBor\fP decreasing) variable. Equidistant or arbitrary sampling can be selected. All columns are resampled based on the new sampling interval. Several interpolation schemes are available. .TP \fIinfile\fP This is a multi-column ASCII [of binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file with one column containing the independent variable (which must be monotonically in/de-creasing) and the remaining columns holding misc. data values. If no file is provided, sample1d reads from standard input. .SH OPTIONS No space between the option flag and the associated arguments. .TP .B \-F Choose from \fBl\fP (Linear), \fBa\fP (Akima spline), and \fBc\fP (natural cubic spline) [Default is \fB\-Fa\fP]. You may change the default interpolant; see INTERPOLANT in your .gmtdefaults file. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I \fIxinc\fP defines the sampling interval. [Default is the separation between the first and second abcissa point in the \fIinfile\fP] .TP .B \-M Multiple segment file. Segments are separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP. [Default is '>']. .TP .B \-N \fIknotfile\fP is an optional ASCII file with the x locations where the data set will be resampled in the first column .TP .B \-S For equidistant sampling, \fIxstart\fP indicates the location of the first output value. [Default is the smallest even multiple of \fIxinc\fP inside the range of \fIinfile\fP] .TP .B \-T Sets the column number of the independent variable [Default is 0 (first)]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 (or at least the number of columns implied by \fB\-T\fP]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES To resample the file profiles.tdgmb, which contains (time,distance,gravity,magnetics,bathymetry) records, at 1km equidistant intervals using Akima's spline, try' .br .sp sample1d profiles.tdgmb \fB\-I\fP1 \fB\-Fa\fP \fB\-T\fP1 > profiles_equi_d.tdgmb .br .sp To resample the file depths.dt at positions listed in the file grav_pos.dg, using a cubic spline for the interpolation, try .br .sp sample1d depths.dt \fB\-N\fPgrav_pos.dg \fB\-Fc\fP > new_depths.dt .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR filter1d (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/spectrum1d.l0100664000213500001460000001202610000130715015573 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH SPECTRUM1D l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME spectrum1d \- compute auto\- [and cross\- ] spectra from one [or two] timeseries. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBspectrum1d\fP [ \fIx[y]file\fP ] \fB\-S\fP\fIsegment_size\fP] [ \fB\-C\fP[\fBxycnpago\fP] ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIdt\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fIname_stem\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBspectrum1d\fP reads X [and Y] values from the first [and second] columns on standard input [or \fIx[y]file\fP]. These values are treated as timeseries X(t) [Y(t)] sampled at equal intervals spaced \fIdt\fP units apart. There may be any number of lines of input. \fBspectrum1d\fP will create file[s] containing auto\- [and cross\- ] spectral density estimates by Welch's method of ensemble ' averaging of multiple overlapped windows, using standard error estimates from Bendat and Piersol. .sp The output files have 3 columns: f or w, p, and e. f or w is the frequency or wavelength, p is the spectral density estimate, and e is the one standard deviation error bar size. These files are named based on \fIname_stem\fP. If the \fB\-C\fP option is used, up to eight files are created; otherwise only one (xpower) is written. The files (which are ASCII unless \fB\-bo\fP is set) are as follows: .TP \fIname_stem\fP.xpower Power spectral density of X(t). Units of X * X * \fIdt\fP. .TP \fIname_stem\fP.ypower Power spectral density of Y(t). Units of Y * Y * \fIdt\fP. .TP \fIname_stem\fP.cpower Power spectral density of the coherent output. Units same as ypower. .TP \fIname_stem\fP.npower Power spectral density of the noise output. Units same as ypower. .TP \fIname_stem\fP.gain Gain spectrum, or modulus of the transfer function. Units of (Y / X). .TP \fIname_stem\fP.phase Phase spectrum, or phase of the transfer function. Units are radians. .TP \fIname_stem\fP.admit Admittance spectrum, or real part of the transfer function. Units of (Y / X). .TP \fIname_stem\fP.coh (Squared) coherency spectrum, or linear correlation coefficient as a function of frequency. Dimensionless number in [0, 1]. The Signal-to-Noise-Ratio (SNR) is coh / (1 - coh). SNR = 1 when coh = 0.5. .SH REQUIRED ARGUMENTS .sp .TP \fIx[y]file\fP ASCII (or binary, see \fB\-bi\fP) file holding X(t) [Y(t)] samples in the first 1 [or 2] columns. If no file is specified, \fBspectrum1d\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-S \fIsegment_size\fP is a radix-2 number of samples per window for ensemble averaging. The smallest frequency estimated is 1.0/(\fIsegment_size\fP * \fIdt\fP), while the largest is 1.0/(2 * \fIdt\fP). One standard error in power spectral density is approximately 1.0 / sqrt(\fIn_data\fP / \fIsegment_size\fP), so if \fIsegment_size\fP = 256, you need 25,600 data to get a one standard error bar of 10%. Cross-spectral error bars are larger and more complicated, being a function also of the coherency. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-C Read the first two columns of input as samples of two timeseries, X(t) and Y(t). Consider Y(t) to be the output and X(t) the input in a linear system with noise. Estimate the optimum f requency response function by least squares, such that the noise output is minimized and the coherent outpu t and the noise output are uncorrelated. Optionally specify up to 8 letters from the set { \fBx y c n p a g o\fP } in any order to create only those output files instead of the default [all]. \fBx\fP = xpower, \fBy\fP = ypower, \fBc\fP = cpower, \fBn\fP = npower, \fBp\fP = phase, \fBa\fP = admit, \fBg\fP = gain, \fBo\fP = coh. .TP .B \-D \fIdt\fP Set the spacing between samples in the timeseries [Default = 1]. .TP .B \-N \fIname_stem\fP Supply the name stem to be used for output files [Default = "spectrum"]. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Write Wavelength rather than frequency in column 1 of the output file[s] [Default = frequency, (cycles / \fIdt\fP)]. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES Suppose data.g is gravity data in mGal, sampled every 1.5 km. To write its power spectrum, in mGal**2-km, to the file data.xpower, try .sp spectrum1d data.g \fB\-S\fP256 \fB\-D\fP1.5 \fB\-N\fPdata .sp Suppose in addition to data.g you have data.t, which is topography in meters sampled at the same points as data.g. To estimate various features of the transfer function, considering data.t as input and data.g as output, try .sp paste data.t data.g | spectrum1d \fB\-S\fP256 \fB\-D\fP1.5 \fB\-N\fPdata \fB\-C\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdfft (l) .SH REFERENCES Bendat, J. S., and A. G. Piersol, 1986, Random Data, 2nd revised ed., John Wiley & Sons. .br Welch, P. D., 1967, "The use of Fast Fourier Transform for the estimation of power spectra: a method based on time averaging over short, modified periodograms", IEEE Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics, Vol AU-15, No 2. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/splitxyz.l0100664000213500001460000001325310000130715015415 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH SPLITXYZ l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME splitxyz \- filter to divide (x,y,z[,distance,heading]) data into (x,y,z) track segments. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBsplitxyz\fP [ \fIxyz[dh]file\fP ] \fB\-C\fP\fIcourse_change\fP [ \fB\-A\fP\fIazimuth\fP/\fItolerance\fP ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIminimum_distance\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP\fIxy_filter\fP/\fIz_filter\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIgap_distance\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-M\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fInamestem\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBsplitxyz\fP reads a series of (x,y[,z]) records [or optionally (x,y,z,d,h); see \fB\-S\fP option] from standard input [or \fIxyz[dh]file\fP] and splits this into separate lists of (x,y[,z]) series, such that each series has a nearly constant azimuth through the x,y plane. There are options to choose only those series which have a certain orientation, to set a minimum length for series, and to high\- or low\-pass filter the z values and/or the x,y values. \fBsplitxyz\fP is a useful filter between data extraction and \fBpswiggle\fP plotting, and can also be used to divide a large x,y,z dataset into segments. The output is always in the ASCII format; input may be ASCII or binary (see \fB\-b\fP). .TP \fIxyz[dh]file(s)\fP 3 (but see \fB\-Z\fP) [or 5] column ASCII file [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z[,d,h]) data values. To use (x,y,z,d,h) input, sorted so that d is non-decreasing, specify the \fB\-S\fP option; default expects (x,y,z) only. If no file is specified, \fBsplitxyz\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-C Terminate a segment when a course change exceeding \fIcourse_change\fP degrees of heading is detected. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-A Write out only those segments which are within +/- \fItolerance\fP degrees of \fIazimuth\fP in heading, measured clockwise from North, [0 - 360]. [Default writes all acceptable segments, regardless of orientation]. .TP .B \-D Do not write a segment out unless it is at least \fIminimum_distance\fP units long. [Default = 100 distance units]. .TP .B \-F Filter the z values and/or the x,y values, assuming these are functions of d coordinate. \fIxy_filter\fP and \fIz_filter\fP are filter widths in distance units. If a filter width is zero, the filtering is not performed. The absolute value of the width is the full width of a cosine\-arch low\-pass filter. If the width is positive, the data are low\-pass filtered; if negative, the data are high\-pass filtered by subtracting the low\-pass value from the observed value. If \fIz_filter\fP is non\-zero, the entire series of input z values is filtered before any segmentation is performed, so that the only edge effects in the filtering will happen at the beginning and end of the complete data stream. If \fIxy_filter\fP is non\-zero, the data is first divided into segments and then the x,y values of each segment are filtered separately. This may introduce edge effects at the ends of each segment, but prevents a low\-pass x,y filter from rounding off the corners of track segments. [Default = no filtering]. .TP .B \-G Do not let a segment have a gap exceeding \fIgap_distance\fP; instead, split it into two segments. [Default = 10 distance units]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-M Use Map units. Then x,y are in degrees of longitude, latitude, and distances in kilometers. [Default: distances are cartesian in same units as x,y]. .TP .B \-N Create Named output files, writing each segment to a separate file in the working directory named \fInamestem\fP.profile\fI#\fP, where \fI#\fP increases consecutively from 1. [Default writes entire output to stdout, separating segments by sub-headings that start with > marks]. .TP .B \-S d and h is supplied. In this case, input contains x,y,z,d,h. [Default expects (x,y,z) input, and d,h are computed from delta x, delta y, according to \fB\-M\fP option] .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Data have x,y only (no z-column). .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2, 3, or 5 input columns as set by \fB\-S, \-Z\fP]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH EXAMPLES .sp Suppose you want to make a wiggle plot of magnetic anomalies on segments oriented approximately east\-west from a cruise called cag71 in the region \-R300/315/12/20. You want to use a 100km low\-pass filter to smooth the tracks and a 500km high\-pass filter to detrend the magnetic anomalies. Try this: .br .sp gmtlist cag71 \fB\-R\fP300/315/12/20 \fB\-F\fPxyzdh | splitxyz \fB\-A\fP90/15 \fB\-F\fP100/-500 \fB\-M\fP \fB\-S\fP \fB\-V\fP | pswiggle \fB\-R\fP300/315/12/20 \fB\-Jm\fP0.6 \fB\-Ba\fP5\fBf\fP1:.cag71: \fB\-T\fP1 \fB\-W\fP3 \fB\-G\fP200 \fB\-Z\fP200 > cag71_wiggles.ps .br .sp MGD-77 users: For this application we recommend that you extract d, h from \fBgmtlist\fP rather than have \fBsplitxyz\fP compute them separately. .br Suppose you have been given a binary, double-precision file containing lat, lon, gravity values from a survey, and you want to split it into profiles named \fIsurvey\fP.profile\fI#\fP (when gap exceeds 100 km). Try this: .sp splitxyz survey.bin \fB\-N\fPsurvey \fB\-V \-G\fP100 \fB\-: \-M \-bi\fP3 .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR gmtlist (l), .IR pswiggle (l) GMT3.4.4/man/manl/surface.l0100664000213500001460000001670010000130715015137 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH SURFACE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME surface \- adjustable tension continuous curvature surface gridding algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS \fBsurface\fP [ \fIxyzfile\fP ] \fB\-G\fP\fIoutputfile.grd\fP \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP\fIaspect_ratio\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIconvergence_limit\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-Ll\fP\fIlower\fP ] [ \fB\-Lu\fP\fIupper\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fImax_iterations\fP ] [ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP\fIsearch_radius\fP[\fBm\fP] ] [ \fB\-T\fP\fItension_factor\fP[\fBib\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP[\fBl\fP] ] [ \fB\-Z\fP\fIover-relaxation_factor\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBsurface\fP reads randomly-spaced (x,y,z) triples from standard input [or \fIxyzfile\fP] and produces a binary grdfile of gridded values z(x,y) by solving: .sp (1 - T) * L (L (z)) + T * L (z) = 0 .sp where T is a tension factor between 0 and 1, and L indicates the Laplacian operator. T = 0 gives the "minimum curvature" solution which is equivalent to SuperMISP and the ISM packages. Minimum curvature can cause undesired oscillations and false local maxima or minima (See Smith and Wessel, 1990), and you may wish to use T > 0 to suppress these effects. Experience suggests T ~ 0.25 usually looks good for potential field data and T should be larger (T ~ 0.35) for steep topography data. T = 1 gives a harmonic surface (no maxima or minima are possible except at control data points). It is recommended that the user pre-process the data with \fBblockmean\fP, \fBblockmedian\fP, or \fBblockmode\fP to avoid spatial aliasing and eliminate redundant data. You may impose lower and/or upper bounds on the solution. These may be entered in the form of a fixed value, a grdfile with values, or simply be the minimum/maximum input data values. .TP \fIxyzfile\fP 3 column ASCII file [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] holding (x,y,z) data values. If no file is specified, \fBsurface\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-G Output file name. Output is a binary 2-D \fI.grd\fP file. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-A Aspect ratio. If desired, grid anisotropy can be added to the equations. Enter \fIaspect_ratio\fP, where dy = dx / \fIaspect_ratio\fP relates the grid dimensions. [Default = 1 assumes isotropic grid.] .TP .B \-C Convergence limit. Iteration is assumed to have converged when the maximum absolute change in any grid value is less than \fIconvergence_limit\fP. (Units same as data z units). [Default is scaled to 0.1 percent of typical gradient in input data.] .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Without any modifier, this option indicates that x is longitude and may be periodic in 360 degrees. With optional arguments it will instead impose limits on the output solution. \fBl\fP\fIlower\fP sets the lower bound. \fIlower\fP can be the name of a grdfile with lower bound values, a fixed value, \fBd\fP to set to minimum input value, or \fBu\fP for unconstrained [Default]. \fBu\fP\fIupper\fP sets the upper bound and can be the name of a grdfile with upper bound values, a fixed value, \fBd\fP to set to maximum input value, or \fBu\fP for unconstrained [Default]. .TP .B \-N Number of iterations. Iteration will cease when \fIconvergence_limit\fP is reached or when number of iterations reaches \fImax_iterations\fP. [Default is 250.] .TP .B \-Q Suggest grid dimensions which have a highly composite greatest common factor. This allows surface to use several intermediate steps in the solution, yielding faster run times and better results. The sizes suggested by \fB\-Q\fP can be achieved by altering \fB\-R\fP and/or \fB\-I\fP. You can recover the \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-I\fP you want later by using grdsample or grdcut on the output of surface. .TP .B \-S Search radius. Enter \fIsearch_radius\fP in same units as x,y data; append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes. This is used to initialize the grid before the first iteration; it is not worth the time unless the grid lattice is prime and cannot have regional stages. [Default = 0.0 and no search is made.] .TP .B \-T Tension factor[s]. These must be between 0 and 1. Tension may be used in the interior solution (above equation, where it suppresses spurious oscillations) and in the boundary conditions (where it tends to flatten the solution approaching the edges). Using zero for both values results in a minimum curvature surface with free edges, i.e. a natural bicubic spline. Use \fB\-T\fP\fItension_factor\fP\fBi\fP to set interior tension, and \fB\-T\fP\fItension_factor\fP\fBb\fP to set boundary tension. If you do not append \fBi\fP or \fBb\fP, both will be set to the same value. [Default = 0 for both gives minimum curvature solution.] .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. \fB\-Vl\fP will report the convergence after each iteration; \fB\-V\fP will report only after each regional grid is converged. .TP .B \-Z Over-relaxation factor. This parameter is used to accelerate the convergence; it is a number between 1 and 2. A value of 1 iterates the equations exactly, and will always assure stable convergence. Larger values overestimate the incremental changes during convergence, and will reach a solution more rapidly but may become unstable. If you use a large value for this factor, it is a good idea to monitor each iteration with the \fB\-Vl\fP option. [Default = 1.4 converges quickly and is almost always stable.] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 input columns]. .SH EXAMPLES .sp To grid 5 by 5 minute gravity block means from the ASCII data in hawaii_5x5.xyg, using a \fItension_factor\fP = 0.25, a \fIconvergence_limit\fP = 0.1 milligal, writing the result to a file called \fIhawaii_grd.grd\fP, and monitoring each iteration, try: .sp surface hawaii_5x5.xyg \fB\-R\fP198/208/18/25 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-G\fPhawaii_grd.grd \fB\-T\fP0.25 \fB\-C\fP0.1 \fB\-VL\fP .SH BUGS \fBsurface\fP will complain when more than one data point is found for any node and suggest that you run \fBblockmean\fP, \fBblockmedian\fP, or \fBblockmode\fP first. If you did run \fBblockm*\fP and still get this message it usually means that your grid spacing is so small that you need more decimals in the output format used by \fBblockm*\fP. You may specify more decimal places by editing the parameter D_FORMAT in your .gmtdefaults file prior to running \fBblockm*\fP, or choose binary input and/or output using single or double precision storage. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR blockmean (l), .IR blockmedian (l), .IR blockmode (l), .IR gmt (l), .IR nearneighbor (l), .IR triangulate (l) .SH REFERENCES Smith, W. H. F, and P. Wessel, 1990, Gridding with continuous curvature splines in tension, \fIGeophysics\fP, 55, 293\-305. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/trend1d.l0100664000213500001460000001356510000130715015056 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH TREND1D l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME trend1d \- Fit a [weighted] [robust] polynomial [or Fourier] model for y = f(x) to xy[w] data. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtrend1d\fP \fB\-F\fP\fI\fP \fB\-N\fP[\fBf\fP]\fIn_model\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fIxy[w]file\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcondition_#\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP[\fIconfidence_level\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBtrend1d\fP reads x,y [and w] values from the first two [three] columns on standard input [or \fIxy[w]file\fP] and fits a regression model y = f(x) + e by [weighted] least squares. The functional form of f(x) may be chosen as polynomial or Fourier, and the fit may be made robust by iterative reweighting of the data. The user may also search for the number of terms in f(x) which significantly reduce the variance in y. .SH REQUIRED ARGUMENTS .TP .B \-F Specify up to five letters from the set {x y m r w} in any order to create columns of ASCII [or binary] output. x = x, y = y, m = model f(x), r = residual y - m, w = weight used in fitting. .TP .B \-N Specify the number of terms in the model, \fIn_model\fP, whether to fit a Fourier (\fB\-Nf\fP) or polynomial [Default] model, and append \fBr\fP to do a robust fit. E.g., a robust quadratic model is \fB\-N\fP\fI3\fP\fBr\fP. .SH OPTIONS .TP \fIxy[w]file\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file containing x,y [w] values in the first 2 [3] columns. If no file is specified, \fBtrend1d\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-C Set the maximum allowed condition number for the matrix solution. \fBtrend1d\fP fits a damped least squares model, retaining only that part of the eigenvalue spectrum such that the ratio of the largest eigenvalue to the smallest eigenvalue is \fIcondition_#\fP. [Default: \fIcondition_#\fP = 1.0e06. ]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Iteratively increase the number of model parameters, starting at one, until \fIn_model\fP is reached or the reduction in variance of the model is not significant at the \fIconfidence_level\fP level. You may set \fB\-I\fP only, without an attached number; in this case the fit will be iterative with a default confidence level of 0.51. Or choose your own level between 0 and 1. See remarks section. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Weights are supplied in input column 3. Do a weighted least squares fit [or start with these weights when doing the iterative robust fit]. [Default reads only the first 2 columns.] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 (or 3 if \fB\-W\fP is set) columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH REMARKS If a Fourier model is selected, the domain of x will be shifted and scaled to [-pi, pi] and the basis functions used will be 1, cos(x), sin(x), cos(2x), sin(2x), ... If a polynomial model is selected, the domain of x will be shifted and scaled to [-1, 1] and the basis functions will be Chebyshev polynomials. These have a numerical advantage in the form of the matrix which must be inverted and allow more accurate solutions. The Chebyshev polynomial of degree n has n+1 extrema in [-1, 1], at all of which its value is either -1 or +1. Therefore the magnitude of the polynomial model coefficients can be directly compared. NOTE: The model coefficients are Chebeshev coefficients, NOT coefficients in a + bx + cxx + ... .sp The \fB\-Nr\fP (robust) and \fB\-I\fP (iterative) options evaluate the significance of the improvement in model misfit Chi-Squared by an F test. The default confidence limit is set at 0.51; it can be changed with the \fB\-I\fP option. The user may be surprised to find that in most cases the reduction in variance achieved by increasing the number of terms in a model is not significant at a very high degree of confidence. For example, with 120 degrees of freedom, Chi-Squared must decrease by 26% or more to be significant at the 95% confidence level. If you want to keep iterating as long as Chi-Squared is decreasing, set \fIconfidence_level\fP to zero. .sp A low confidence limit (such as the default value of 0.51) is needed to make the robust method work. This method iteratively reweights the data to reduce the influence of outliers. The weight is based on the Median Absolute Deviation and a formula from Huber [1964], and is 95% efficient when the model residuals have an outlier-free normal distribution. This means that the influence of outliers is reduced only slightly at each iteration; consequently the reduction in Chi-Squared is not very significant. If the procedure needs a few iterations to successfully attenuate their effect, the significance level of the F test must be kept low. .SH EXAMPLES To remove a linear trend from data.xy by ordinary least squares, try: .sp \fBtrend1d\fP data.xy \fB\-F\fPxr \fB\-N\fP2 > detrended_data.xy .sp To make the above linear trend robust with respect to outliers, try: .sp \fBtrend1d\fP data.xy \fB\-F\fPxr \fB\-N\fP2\fBr\fP > detrended_data.xy .sp To find out how many terms (up to 20, say) in a robust Fourier interpolant are significant in fitting data.xy, try: .sp \fBtrend1d\fP data.xy \fB\-Nf\fP20\fBr \-I\fP \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdtrend (l), .IR trend2d (l) .SH REFERENCES Huber, P. J., 1964, Robust estimation of a location parameter, \fIAnn. Math. Stat., 35,\fP 73-101. .br .sp Menke, W., 1989, Geophysical Data Analysis: Discrete Inverse Theory, Revised Edition, Academic Press, San Diego. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/trend2d.l0100664000213500001460000001542410000130715015053 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH TREND2D l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME trend2d \- Fit a [weighted] [robust] polynomial model for z = f(x,y) to xyz[w] data. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtrend2d\fP \fB\-F\fP\fI\fP \fB\-N\fP\fIn_model\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fIxyz[w]file\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP\fIcondition_#\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ][ \fB\-I\fP[\fIconfidence_level\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-W\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBtrend2d\fP reads x,y,z [and w] values from the first three [four] columns on standard input [or \fIxyz[w]file\fP] and fits a regression model z = f(x,y) + e by [weighted] least squares. The fit may be made robust by iterative reweighting of the data. The user may also search for the number of terms in f(x,y) which significantly reduce the variance in z. n_model may be in [1,10] to fit a model of the following form (similar to grdtrend): .sp m1 + m2*x + m3*y + m4*x*y + m5*x*x + m6*y*y + m7*x*x*x + m8*x*x*y + m9*x*y*y + m10*y*y*y. .sp The user must specify \fB\-N\fP\fIn_model\fP, the number of model parameters to use; thus, \fB\-N\fP\fI4\fP fits a bilinear trend, \fB\-N\fP\fI6\fP a quadratic surface, and so on. Optionally, append \fBr\fP to perform a robust fit. In this case, the program will iteratively reweight the data based on a robust scale estimate, in order to converge to a solution insensitive to outliers. This may be handy when separating a "regional" field from a "residual" which should have non-zero mean, such as a local mountain on a regional surface. .TP .B \-F Specify up to six letters from the set {x y z m r w} in any order to create columns of ASCII [or binary] output. x = x, y = y, z = z, m = model f(x,y), r = residual z - m, w = weight used in fitting. .TP .B \-N Specify the number of terms in the model, \fIn_model\fP, and append \fBr\fP to do a robust fit. E.g., a robust bilinear model is \fB\-N\fP\fI4\fP\fBr\fP. .SH OPTIONS .TP \fIxyz[w]file\fP ASCII [or binary, see \fB\-b\fP] file containing x,y,z [w] values in the first 3 [4] columns. If no file is specified, \fBtrend2d\fP will read from standard input. .TP .B \-C Set the maximum allowed condition number for the matrix solution. \fBtrend2d\fP fits a damped least squares model, retaining only that part of the eigenvalue spectrum such that the ratio of the largest eigenvalue to the smallest eigenvalue is \fIcondition_#\fP. [Default: \fIcondition_#\fP = 1.0e06. ]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I Iteratively increase the number of model parameters, starting at one, until \fIn_model\fP is reached or the reduction in variance of the model is not significant at the \fIconfidence_level\fP level. You may set \fB\-I\fP only, without an attached number; in this case the fit will be iterative with a default confidence level of 0.51. Or choose your own level between 0 and 1. See remarks section. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-W Weights are supplied in input column 4. Do a weighted least squares fit [or start with these weights when doing the iterative robust fit]. [Default reads only the first 3 columns.] .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 (or 4 if \fB\-W\fP is set) input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. .SH REMARKS The domain of x and y will be shifted and scaled to [-1, 1] and the basis functions are built from Chebyshev polynomials. These have a numerical advantage in the form of the matrix which must be inverted and allow more accurate solutions. In many applications of \fBtrend2d\fP the user has data located approximately along a line in the x,y plane which makes an angle with the x axis (such as data collected along a road or ship track). In this case the accuracy could be improved by a rotation of the x,y axes. \fBtrend2d\fP does not search for such a rotation; instead, it may find that the matrix problem has deficient rank. However, the solution is computed using the generalized inverse and should still work out OK. The user should check the results graphically if \fBtrend2d\fP shows deficient rank. NOTE: The model parameters listed with \fB\-V\fP are Chebyshev coefficients; they are not numerically equivalent to the m#s in the equation described above. The description above is to allow the user to match \fB\-N\fP with the order of the polynomial surface. .sp The \fB\-N\fP\fIn_model\fP\fBr\fP (robust) and \fB\-I\fP (iterative) options evaluate the significance of the improvement in model misfit Chi-Squared by an F test. The default confidence limit is set at 0.51; it can be changed with the \fB\-I\fP option. The user may be surprised to find that in most cases the reduction in variance achieved by increasing the number of terms in a model is not significant at a very high degree of confidence. For example, with 120 degrees of freedom, Chi-Squared must decrease by 26% or more to be significant at the 95% confidence level. If you want to keep iterating as long as Chi-Squared is decreasing, set \fIconfidence_level\fP to zero. .sp A low confidence limit (such as the default value of 0.51) is needed to make the robust method work. This method iteratively reweights the data to reduce the influence of outliers. The weight is based on the Median Absolute Deviation and a formula from Huber [1964], and is 95% efficient when the model residuals have an outlier-free normal distribution. This means that the influence of outliers is reduced only slightly at each iteration; consequently the reduction in Chi-Squared is not very significant. If the procedure needs a few iterations to successfully attenuate their effect, the significance level of the F test must be kept low. .SH EXAMPLES To remove a planar trend from data.xyz by ordinary least squares, try: .sp \fBtrend2d\fP data.xyz \fB\-F\fPxyr \fB\-N\fP2 > detrended_data.xyz .sp To make the above planar trend robust with respect to outliers, try: .sp \fBtrend2d\fP data.xzy \fB\-F\fPxyr \fB\-N\fP2\fBr\fP > detrended_data.xyz .sp To find out how many terms (up to 10) in a robust interpolant are significant in fitting data.xyz, try: .sp \fBtrend2d\fP data.xyz \fB\-N\fP10\fBr \-I\fP \fB\-V\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grdtrend (l), .IR trend1d (l) .SH REFERENCES Huber, P. J., 1964, Robust estimation of a location parameter, \fIAnn. Math. Stat., 35,\fP 73-101. .br .sp Menke, W., 1989, Geophysical Data Analysis: Discrete Inverse Theory, Revised Edition, Academic Press, San Diego. GMT3.4.4/man/manl/triangulate.l0100664000213500001460000001633210000130715016027 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH TRIANGULATE l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME triangulate \- Perform optimal Delauney triangulation and gridding .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtriangulate\fP \fIinfiles\fP [ \fB\-Dx|y\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP\fIempty\fP ] [ \fB\-G\fP\fIgrdfile\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] ] [ \fB\-J\fP\fIparameters\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP[\fIflag\fP] ] [ \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] [ \fB\-bo\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBtriangulate\fP reads one or more ASCII [or binary] files (or standard input) containing x,y[,z] and performs Delauney triangulation, i.e., it find how the points should be connected to give the most equilateral triangulation possible. If a map projection is chosen then it is applied before the triangulation is calculated. By default, the output is triplets of point id numbers that make up each triangle and is written to standard output. The id numbers refer to the points position in the input file. As an option, you may choose to create a multiple segment file that can be piped through \fBpsxy\fP to draw the triangulation network. If \fB\-G \-I\fP are set a grid will be calculated based on the surface defined by the planar triangles. The actual algorithm used in the triangulations is either that of Watson [1982] [Default] or Shewchuck [1996] (if installed). This choice is made during the GMT installation. .TP \fIinfiles\fP Data files with the point coordinates in ASCII (or binary; see \fB\-b\fP). If no files are given the standard input is read. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B \-D Take either the \fIx\fP- or \fIy\fP-derivatives of surface represented by the planar facets (only used when \fB\-G\fP is set). .TP .B \-E Set the value assigned to empty nodes when \fB\-G\fP is set [NaN]. .TP .B \-G Use triangulation to grid the data onto an even grid (specified with \fB\-I, \-R\fP). Append the name of the output grid file. The interpolation is performed in the original coordinates, so if your triangles are close to the poles you are better off projecting all data to a local coordinate system before using triangulate (this is true of all gridding routines). .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] sets the grid size for optional grid output (see \fB\-G\fP). Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-J Selects the map projection. Scale is UNIT/degree, 1:xxxxx, or width in UNIT (upper case modifier). UNIT is cm, inch, or m, depending on the MEASURE_UNIT setting in .gmtdefaults, but this can be overridden on the command line by appending the c, i, or m to the scale/width value. .br .sp \fBCYLINDRICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Cassini) .br \fB\-Jj\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Miller) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIscale\fP (Mercator - Greenwich and Equator as origin) .br \fB\-Jm\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Mercator - Give meridian and standard parallel) .br \fB\-Joa\fP\fIlon0/lat0/azimuth/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and azimuth) .br \fB\-Job\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lon1/lat1/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - two points) .br \fB\-Joc\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lonp/latp/scale\fP (Oblique Mercator - point and pole) .br \fB\-Jq\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Equidistant Cylindrical Projection (Plate Carree)) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, with Equator as y = 0) .br \fB\-Jt\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (TM - Transverse Mercator, set origin) .br \fB\-Ju\fP\fIzone/scale\fP (UTM - Universal Transverse Mercator) .br \fB\-Jy\fP\fIlon0/lats/scale\fP (Basic Cylindrical Projection) .br .sp \fBAZIMUTHAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Ja\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Lambert). .br \fB\-Je\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Equidistant). .br \fB\-Jf\fP\fIlon0/lat0/horizon/scale\fP (Gnomonic). .br \fB\-Jg\fP\fIlon0/lat0/scale\fP (Orthographic). .br \fB\-Js\fP\fIlon0/lat0/\fP[\fIslat/\fP]\fIscale\fP (General Stereographic) .br .sp \fBCONIC PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jb\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Albers) .br \fB\-Jd\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Equidistant) .br \fB\-Jl\fP\fIlon0/lat0/lat1/lat2/scale\fP (Lambert) .br .sp \fBMISCELLANEOUS PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jh\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Hammer) .br \fB\-Ji\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Sinusoidal) .br \fB\-Jk\fP[\fBf|s\fP]\fIlon0/scale\fP (Eckert IV (f) and VI (s)) .br \fB\-Jn\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Robinson) .br \fB\-Jr\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Winkel Tripel) .br \fB\-Jv\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Van der Grinten) .br \fB\-Jw\fP\fIlon0/scale\fP (Mollweide) .br .sp \fBNON-GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS:\fP .br .sp \fB\-Jp\fP[\fBa\fP]\fIscale\fP[\fI/origin\fP] (polar (theta,r) coordinates, optional \fBa\fP for azimuths and offset theta [0]) .br \fB\-Jx\fP\fIx-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP][\fI/y-scale\fP[\fBl|p\fP\fIpow\fP]] (Linear, log, and power scaling) .br More details can be found in the \fBpsbasemap\fP manpages. .br .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the region in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-M Output triangulation network as multiple line segments separated by a record whose first character is \fIflag\fP [>]. To plot, use \fBpsxy\fP with the \fB\-M\fP option (see Examples). .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Controls whether binary data file has two or three columns [2]. Ignored if \fB\-b\fP is not set. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 2 input columns]. .TP .B \-bo Selects binary output. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Node ids are stored as binary 4-byte integer triplets. \fB\-bo\fP is ignored if \fB\-M\fP is selected. .SH EXAMPLES To triangulate the points in the file samples.xyz, store the triangle information in a binary file, and make a grid for the given area and spacing, try .br .sp triangulate samples.xyz \fB\-bo\fP \fB\-R\fP0/30/0/30 \fB\-I\fP2 \fB\-G\fPsurf.grd > samples.ijk .br .sp To draw the optimal Delauney triangulation network based on the same file using a 15 -cm-wide Mercator map, try .br .sp triangulate samples.xyz \fB\-M \-R\fP-100/-90/30/34 \fB\-JM\fP15\fBc\fP | psxy \fB\-M \-R\fP-100/-90/30/34 \fB\-JM\fP15\fBc\fP \fB\-W\fP0.5\fBp\fP \fB\-B\fP1 > network.ps .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR pscontour (l) .SH REFERENCES Watson, D. F., 1982, Acord: Automatic contouring of raw data, \fIComp. & Geosci., 8\fP, 97\-101. .br Shewchuck, J. R., 1996, Triangle: Engineering a 2D Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay Triangulator, First Workshop on Applied Computational Geometry (Philadelphia, PA), 124-133, ACM, May 1996. .br www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.html GMT3.4.4/man/manl/xyz2grd.l0100664000213500001460000001400610000130715015115 0ustar pwesselwessel.TH XYZ2GRD l "1 Jan 2004" .SH NAME xyz2grd \- Converting an ASCII or binary table to grd file format .SH SYNOPSIS \fBxyz2grd\fP \fIxyzfile\fP \fB\-G\fP\fIgrdfile\fP \fB\-I\fP\fIx_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP][/\fIy_inc\fP[\fBm|c\fP]] \fB\-R\fP\fIwest/east/south/north\fP[\fBr\fP] [ \fB\-A\fP[\fBn|z\fP] ] [ \fB\-D\fP\fIxunit/yunit/zunit/scale/offset/title/remark\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP[\fInrec\fP] ] [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fB\-N\fP\fInodata\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP[\fIzfile\fP] ] [ \fB\-V\fP ] [ \fB\-Z\fP[\fIflags\fP] ] [ \fB\-:\fP ] [ \fB\-bi\fP[\fBs\fP][\fIn\fP] ] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBxyz2grd\fP reads a z or xyz table and creates a binary grdfile. \fBxyz2grd\fP will report if some of the nodes are not filled in with data. Such unconstrained nodes are set to a value specified by the user [Default is NaN]. Nodes with more than one value will be set to the average value. As an option (using \fB\-Z\fP), a 1-column z-table may be read assuming all nodes are present (z-tables can be in organized in a number of formats, see \fB\-Z\fP below.) .TP \fI[xy]zfile\fP ASCII [or binary] file holding z or (x,y,z) values. xyz triplets do not have to be sorted (for binary triplets, see \fB\-b\fP). 1-column z tables must be sorted and the \fB\-Z\fP must be set). .TP .B \-G \fIgrdfile\fP is the name of the binary output grdfile. .TP .B \-I \fIx_inc\fP [and optionally \fIy_inc\fP] is the grid spacing. Append \fBm\fP to indicate minutes or \fBc\fP to indicate seconds. .TP .B \-R \fIwest, east, south,\fP and \fInorth\fP specify the Region of interest. To specify boundaries in degrees and minutes [and seconds], use the dd:mm[:ss] format. Append \fBr\fP if lower left and upper right map coordinates are given instead of wesn. .SH OPTIONS .sp .TP .B \-A Add up multiple values that belong to the same node (same as \fB\-Az\fP). Append \fBn\fP to simply count the number of data points that were assigned to each node. [Default (no \fB\-A\fP option) will calculate mean value]. Ignored if \fB\-Z\fP is given. .TP .B \-D Give values for \fIxunit, yunit, zunit, scale, offset, title,\fP and \fIremark\fP. To leave some of these values untouched, specify = as the value. .TP .B \-F Force pixel registration [Default is grid registration]. .TP .B \-H Input file(s) has Header record(s). Number of header records can be changed by editing your \.gmtdefaults file. If used, \fBGMT\fP default is 1 header record. Not used with binary data. .TP .B \-L Indicates that the x column contains longitudes, which may differ from the regions in \fB\-R\fP by [multiples of] 360 degrees [Default assumes no periodicity]. .TP .B \-N No data. Set nodes with no input xyz triplet to this value [Default is NaN]. For z-tables, this option is used to replace z-values that equal \fInodata\fP with NaN. .TP .B \-S Swap the byte-order of the input only. No grid file is produced. You must also supply the \fB\-Z\fP option. The output is written to \fIzfile\fP (or stdout if not supplied). .TP .B \-V Selects verbose mode, which will send progress reports to stderr [Default runs "silently"]. .TP .B \-Z Read a 1-column ASCII [or binary] table. This assumes that all the nodes are present and sorted according to specified ordering convention contained in \fIflags\fP. If incoming data represents rows, make \fIflags\fP start with \fBT\fP(op) if first row is y = ymax or \fBB\fP(ottom) if first row is y = ymin. Then, append \fBL\fP or \fBR\fP to indicate that first element is at left or right end of row. Likewise for column formats: start with \fBL\fP or \fBR\fP to position first column, and then append \fBT\fP or \fBB\fP to position first element in a row. For gridline registered grids: If data are periodic in x but the incoming data do not contain the (redundant) column at x = xmax, append \fBx\fP. For data periodic in y without redundant row at y = ymax, append \fBy\fP. Append \fBs\fP\fIn\fP to skip the first \fIn\fP number of bytes (probably a header). If the byte-order needs to be swapped, append \fBw\fP. Select one of several data types (all binary except \fBa\fP): .br .sp \fBa\fP ASCII representation .br \fBc\fP signed 1-byte character .br \fBu\fP unsigned 1-byte character .br \fBh\fP short 2-byte integer .br \fBi\fP 4-byte integer .br \fBl\fP long (4- or 8-byte) integer .br \fBf\fP 4-byte floating point single precision .br \fBd\fP 8-byte floating point double precision .br .sp Default format is scanline orientation of ASCII numbers: \fB\-ZTLa\fP. Note that \fB\-Z\fP only applies to 1-column input. .TP .B \-: Toggles between (longitude,latitude) and (latitude,longitude) input/output. [Default is (longitude,latitude)]. Applies to geographic coordinates only. .TP .B \-bi Selects binary input. Append \fBs\fP for single precision [Default is double]. Append \fIn\fP for the number of columns in the binary file(s). [Default is 3 input columns]. This option only applies to xyz input files; see \fB\-Z\fP for z tables. .SH EXAMPLES To create a grdfile from the ASCII data in hawaii_grv.xyz, try .br .sp xyz2grd hawaii_grv.xyz \fB\-D\fPdegree/degree/mGal/1/0/"Hawaiian Gravity"/"GRS-80 Ellipsoid used" \fB\-G\fPhawaii_grv_new.grd \fB\-R\fP198/208/18/25 \fB\-I\fP5\fBm \-V\fP .br .sp To create a grdfile from the raw binary (3-column, single-precision) scanline-oriented data raw.b, try .br .sp xyz2grd raw.b \fB\-D\fPm/m/m/1/0/=/= \fB\-G\fPraw.grd \fB\-R\fP0/100/0/100 \fB\-I\fP1 \fB\-V \-Z \-b\fP3 .br .sp To make a grdfile from the raw binary USGS DEM (short integer) scanline-oriented data topo30. on the NGDC global relief Data CD-ROM, with values of -9999 indicate missing data, one must on some machine reverse the byte-order. On such machines (like Sun), try .br .sp xyz2grd topo30. \fB\-D\fPm/m/m/1/0/=/= \fB\-G\fPustopo.grd \fB\-R\fP234/294/24/50 \fB\-I\fP30c \fB\-N\fP-9999 \fB\-V \-ZTLhw\fP .br .sp Say you have received a binary file with 4-byte floating points that were written on a machine of different byte-order than yours. You can swap the byte-order with .br .sp xyz2grd floats.bin \fB\-S\fPnew_floats.bin \fB\-V \-Zf\fP .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR gmt (l), .IR grd2xyz (l), .IR grdedit (l)